Document:

EX-10.1(e)

 

Exhibit 10.1 (e)

Execution Copy

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TEMPORARY WAIVER AGREEMENT

     THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TEMPORARY WAIVER AGREEMENT
(this “Fifth Amendment”) is made and entered into as of November 14, 2007 among AMERICAN
COLOR GRAPHICS, INC., a New York corporation (together with any permitted successors and assigns,
the “Borrower”), the Guarantor signatory hereto, the financial institutions identified on
the signature pages hereof as Lenders (collectively, the “Lenders”), and BANK OF AMERICA,
N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Agent”).

RECITALS

     1. THE BORROWER, THE GUARANTOR, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT ARE PARTIES TO THAT CERTAIN AMENDED
AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MAY 5, 2005, AS AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN FIRST AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 26, 2006, AS FURTHER AMENDED BY
THAT CERTAIN SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 30, 2007,
AS FURTHER AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED
AS OF JUNE 13, 2007, AS FURTHER AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN LETTER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JULY 3, 2007,
AND AS FURTHER AMENDED BY THAT CERTAIN FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT,
DATED AS OF AUGUST 28, 2007 (AS HERETOFORE AMENDED, THE “EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT”).

     2. THE BORROWER HAS ADVISED THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS THAT THE BORROWER WILL BE UNABLE TO
SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF (I) SECTION 7.01(A) OF THE EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO
DELIVERY OF AN OPINION BY ITS CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS NOT SUBJECT TO A GOING CONCERN
QUALIFICATION, FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 2007, AND (II) SECTION 8.11 OF THE EXISTING
CREDIT AGREEMENT (THE FIRST LIEN LEVERAGE RATIO), WITH RESPECT TO THE FISCAL QUARTERS ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2007.

     3. THE BORROWER HAS FURTHER ADVISED THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS THAT IT HAS REACHED AN AGREEMENT
WITH CERTAIN HOLDERS OF THE SECOND LIEN NOTES PURSUANT TO WHICH THE BORROWER WILL

1

 

SOLICIT THE
CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS OF AT LEAST 90% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECOND LIEN NOTES
(SUCH HOLDERS BEING REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE “CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS”) BY WHICH SUCH
CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS WOULD (I) ACCEPT PROMISSORY NOTES (THE “SECOND LIEN SUPPLEMENTAL
NOTES”), DUE MARCH 15, 2008, IN LIEU OF CASH PAYMENT OF SCHEDULED INTEREST DUE ON DECEMBER 15,
2007 UNDER THE SECOND LIEN NOTES, (II) PROSPECTIVELY WAIVE ANY DEFAULT OR EVENT OF DEFAULT AS A
RESULT OF THE BORROWER’S FAILURE TO PAY IN CASH THE INTEREST DUE TO THE CONSENTING NOTEHOLDERS ON
DECEMBER 15, 2007 UNDER THE SECOND LIEN NOTES, AND (III) CAUSE THE SECOND LIEN INDENTURE TO BE
AMENDED TO ALLOW THE INCURRENCE BY THE BORROWER OF AN ADDITIONAL $5 MILLION OF SECURED
INDEBTEDNESS.

     4. THE BORROWER HAS REQUESTED THAT THE LENDERS (I) PROVIDE A LIMITED WAIVER OF THE PENDING
DEFAULTS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED), (II) CONTINUE TO MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE BORROWER THE LOANS AND
LETTERS OF CREDIT, AND (III) AMEND THE EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT TO INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF THE TERM
LOANS BY $5 MILLION.

     5. THE LENDERS ARE WILLING TO PROVIDE A LIMITED WAIVER OF THE PENDING DEFAULTS, CONTINUE TO
MAKE AVAILABLE THE LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT TO THE BORROWER, AND INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF THE TERM
LOAN BY $5 MILLION, BASED UPON AND SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS FIFTH
AMENDMENT.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

PART 1

Definitions

     Section 1.1. Certain Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the
context otherwise requires, the following terms used in this Fifth Amendment have the
following meanings:

     “Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture” means that certain Amended and
Restated Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2007, among the Borrower, the Parent, and The
Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, issued in

2

 

connection with the Second Lien Supplemental Notes and amending the Second Lien Indenture.

     “Amended Credit Agreement” means the Existing Credit Agreement as amended
hereby.

     “Consenting Noteholders” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Recitals
hereto.

     “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” shall mean, in accordance with Part 5 of this
Fifth Amendment, the date upon which the Borrower has satisfied in the determination of
the Agent and the Lenders (or satisfaction thereof has been waived by the Agent and the
Lenders) each of the conditions set forth in Part 5 of this Fifth Amendment.

     “Fifth Amendment Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated as of the Fifth
Amendment Effective Date, between the Borrower and the Agent.

     “Pending Defaults” means (A) the Borrower’s failure to satisfy the
requirements of (i) Section 7.01(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement, with respect to
delivery of an opinion by its certified public accountants not subject to a going concern
qualification, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2007, and (ii) Section 8.11 of the
existing credit agreement (the first lien leverage ratio), with respect to the fiscal
quarters ending September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, and (B) any Default existing as a
result of the Borrower’s acknowledgements set forth in Section 2.1(c) of the Fifth
Amendment.

     “Second Lien Supplemental Notes” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Recitals hereto.

     Section 1.2. Other Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein or the
context otherwise requires, terms used in this Fifth Amendment have the meanings provided
in the Amended Credit Agreement.

PART 2

3

 

Limited Waiver and Reaffirmation

     Section 2.1. Limited Waiver. (a) The Loan Parties acknowledge that the
Pending Defaults will result from the Borrower’s failure to be able to comply with (i) the
financial covenant contained in Section 8.11 of the Existing Credit Agreement for the
fiscal quarters ending nearest September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively, and
(ii) the requirement in Section 7.01(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement that the
Borrower’s annual financial statements be accompanied by the opinion of its certified
public accountants not subject to a going concern qualification, for the fiscal year ending
March 31, 2007. Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the Fifth Amendment
Effective Date, the Lenders hereby waive the Pending Defaults for the period from September
30, 2007 through and including February 15, 2008 (the “Waiver Period”) for all
purposes of the Existing Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 5.02(b)
thereof). This limited waiver shall not modify or affect (i) the Borrower’s obligation to
comply with the terms of Section 8.11 of the Amended Credit Agreement as measured for the
fiscal quarters ending nearest September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively, (ii)
the Borrower’s obligation to comply with the terms of Section 8.11 of the Amended Credit
Agreement as measured at the end of any fiscal quarter other than the ones ending nearest
September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, (iii) the Borrower’s obligation to comply with
the terms of Section 7.01(a) of the Amended Credit Agreement for the fiscal year ending
nearest March 31, 2007, (iv) the Borrower’s obligation to comply with the terms of Section
7.01(a) of the Amended Credit Agreement for any fiscal year other than the one ending
nearest March 31, 2007, or (iv) the Loan Parties’ obligation to comply fully with any other
duty, term, condition, obligation or covenant contained in the Amended Credit Agreement or
the other Loan Documents.

     (b) Except for the limited waiver set forth above, nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to constitute or imply a waiver of any rights or remedies which the Agent or any
Lender may have under the Amended Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or under
applicable law; it being understood that the Agent and the Lenders may not exercise their
rights and remedies with respect to the Pending Defaults during the Waiver Period as long
as no other Default or Event of Default occurs or exists. The limited waiver set forth
herein shall be effective only in this specific instance for the duration of the Waiver
Period and shall not obligate the Lenders or the Agent to waive any other Default or Event
of Default, now existing or hereafter arising. This is a one-time waiver, and the Agent
and the Lenders shall have no obligation to extend the waiver or otherwise amend the
Amended Credit Agreement at the end of the Waiver Period. This limited waiver shall not
establish a custom or course of dealing or conduct between the Agent, any Lender, the
Borrower or any other Loan Party.

     (c) The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that unless the Required Lenders further
amend the Amended Credit Agreement or otherwise agree in writing to

4

 

continue this waiver
beyond February 15, 2008, an Event of Default will exist under the Amended Credit Agreement
as of February 15, 2008, for which no grace period or cure period shall apply, and the
Agent and the Lenders may pursue all rights and remedies available to them under the
Amended Credit Agreement, the Loan Documents and applicable law. The Loan Parties further
acknowledge and agree that, to the extent any Defaults or Events of Default (other than the
Pending Defaults) now exist or hereafter arise during the Waiver Period, the Agent and the
Lenders may immediately pursue all rights and remedies available to them in respect thereof
under the Amended Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and applicable law. The
Agent hereby acknowledges that, to the best of its knowledge as of the date hereof, before
giving effect to the foregoing limited waiver, there are no Defaults or Events of Default
under the Existing Credit Agreement other than the Pending Defaults.

     Section 2.2. Reaffirmation of Loan Party Obligations. Each Loan Party hereby ratifies
the Amended Credit Agreement and acknowledges and reaffirms (i) that it is bound by all terms of
the Amended Credit Agreement and (ii) that it is responsible for the observance and full
performance of the Obligations, including without limitation the repayment of the Term Loan (as
increased in amount pursuant to this Fifth Amendment) and the Revolving Loans, in accordance with
the terms of the Amended Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the preceding
sentence, (i) the Parent as Guarantor restates and reaffirms that it guarantees the prompt payment
when due of all Obligations, including without limitation the Term Loan as increased in amount
pursuant to this Fifth Amendment, in accordance with, and pursuant to the terms of, Article
IV of the Amended Credit Agreement and (ii) each of the Loan Parties agrees that all references
in the Collateral Documents to the term “Secured Obligations” shall be deemed to include all of the
obligations of the Loan Parties to the Lenders and the Agent, whenever arising, under the Amended
Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents or any of the other Loan Documents (including, but not
limited to, any interest, expenses and cost and charges that accrue after the commencement by or
against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof or any proceedings under any Debtor Relief Laws
naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding). Each Loan Party further represents and
warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that none of the Loan Parties has any claims, counterclaims,
offsets, credits or defenses to the Loan Documents or the performance of their respective
obligations thereunder, or if any Loan Party has any such claims, counterclaims, offsets, creditors
or defenses to the Loan Documents or any transaction related to the Loan Documents, the same are
hereby fully and irrevocably waived, relinquished and released in consideration of the execution
and delivery of this Fifth Amendment by the Agent and the Lenders.

PART 3

Amendments to Existing Credit Agreement

     Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the Fifth Amendment Effective Date,
the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in accordance with this Part 3.
Except as so amended, the Existing Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and
effect.

5

 

     Section 3.1. Deletion of Definition of “Total Liquidity Measurement Dates”.
Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the definition of
“Total Liquidity Measurement Dates”.

     Section 3.2. Addition of New Definitions in Section 1.01. Section 1.01 of the Existing
Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical
order:

     “Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture” means that certain
Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2007, among the
Borrower, the Parent, and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee,
issued in connection with the Second Lien Supplemental Notes and amending the
Second Lien Indenture.

     “Fifth Amendment” means that certain Fifth Amendment to Amended
and Restated Credit Agreement and Temporary Waiver Agreement, dated as of
November 14, 2007, by and among the Borrower, the Parent, the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders.

     “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” means the date upon which each of
the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Fifth Amendment, as set
forth in Part 5 of the Fifth Amendment, have been satisfied according to the
terms thereof.

     “Second Lien Supplemental Notes” means the Borrower’s promissory
notes, issued to certain holders of the Second Lien Notes in lieu of the
regularly scheduled interest due December 15, 2007, in the aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $16,800,000, and with a maturity date of March 15, 2008.

     “Supplemental Term Loan Advance” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.01(b).

     Section 3.3. Amendment of Definition of “Aggregate Term Loan Commitments”. The
definition of “Aggregate Term Loan Commitments” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is
hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     “Aggregate Term Loan Commitments” means the Term Loan Commitments
of all the Lenders. The amount of the Aggregate Term Loan Commitments in
effect and to be funded on the Closing Date is THIRTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS
($35,000,000) and the amount of the Aggregate Term Loan Commitments in effect
and to be funded on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date is an additional FIVE
MILLION DOLLARS ($5,000,000).

6

 

     Section 3.4. Amendment of Definition of “Eligible Assignee”. The definition of
“Eligible Assignee” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

     “Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a
Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural
person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to
Revolving Loans only, the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion; provided,
that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the
Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

     Section 3.5. Amendment of Definition of “Interest Period”. The definition of
“Interest Period” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i)
striking the word “and” at the end of clause (b), (ii) replacing the period at the end of clause
(c) with a semi-colon and adding the word “and” after the semi-colon, and (iii) adding the
following new clause “(d)”:

     (d) from and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower may
not select any Interest Period in its Loan Notice which is longer than one
month.

     Section 3.6. Amendment of Definition of “Second Lien Indenture”. The definition of
“Second Lien Indenture” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

     “Second Lien Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of
July 3, 2003, among the Borrower, the Parent and The Bank of New York, as
trustee, as amended by the Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture.

     Section 3.7. Amendment of Definition of “Term Loan”. The definition of “Term Loan” in
Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     “Term Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).
For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the Term Loan
consists of (i) the initial $35,000,000 term loan advance made by the Lenders
on the Closing Date and (ii) the Supplemental Term Loan Advance made by the
Lenders on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

     Section 3.8. Amendment of Definition of “Term Loan Commitment.” The definition of
“Term Loan Commitment” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

     “Term Loan Commitment” means, collectively as to each Lender, (i)
its obligation to make its portion of the initial Term Loan advance of
$35,000,000 to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), in the principal
amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01, and (ii)
its obligation to make its portion of the Supplemental Term Loan Advance to the

7

 

Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), in the principal amount set forth
opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01.

     Section 3.9. Amendment of Definition of “Total Liquidity”. The definition of “Total
Liquidity” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

     “Total Liquidity” means the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all
cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties and all cash and Cash Equivalents
of Finco which are available for distribution to the Borrower, (ii) the
Aggregate Revolving Commitments minus the Total Revolving Outstandings, (iii)
the amount of Finco’s Availability (as defined in that certain Credit
Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2006, by and among Finco, the Receivables
Financier, and Bank of America, N.A. as agent for the Receivables Financier, as
such agreement may be modified or supplemented from time to time), and (iv) the
amount of additional Availability that would be created under such Credit
Agreement, as of any date of determination, if the Borrower were to transfer
all additional qualifying receivables to Finco pursuant to the terms and
conditions of that certain Contribution and Sale Agreement, dated as of
September 26, 2006, between the Borrower and Finco (as amended from time to
time). For purposes of this definition, cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan
Parties and Finco shall include (without duplication) all deposits which have
been made into lockboxes of the Loan Parties and Finco in the ordinary course
of business but which have not cleared or been released.

     Section 3.10. Amendment of Section 2.01(b). Section 2.01(b) of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (b) Term Loan. On the Closing Date, the Lenders advanced a term
loan to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of THIRTY-FIVE MILLION
DOLLARS ($35,000,000), and such term loan remained outstanding in this
principal amount immediately prior to the Fifth Amendment Effective Date. On
the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the Lenders will make an additional term
loan advance to the Borrower in the aggregate principal amount of FIVE MILLION
DOLLARS ($5,000,000) (the “Supplemental Term Loan Advance”), such that
after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the term loan
outstanding on and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date will be FORTY
MILLION DOLLARS ($40,000,000) (collectively, the “Term Loan”). On the
Fifth Amendment Effective Date, each Lender severally agrees to make its
portion of the Supplemental Term Loan Advance to the Borrower, in an amount not
to exceed such Lender’s applicable percentage of the Supplemental Term Loan
Advance, as indicated on Schedule 2.01, multiplied by $5,000,000.
Amounts repaid on the Term Loan may not be reborrowed. The Term Loan may
consist of Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided
herein.

     Section 3.11. Amendment of Section 2.04(c)(ii). Section 2.04(c)(ii) of the Existing
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

8

 

     (ii)(A) in the case of any such prepayment during the period beginning on
the date that is 181 days after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and ending
on September 26, 2007, the principal amount of such prepayment multiplied by
3%, (B) in the case of any such prepayment made during the period beginning on
September 27, 2007 and ending on June 30, 2008, the principal amount of such
prepayment multiplied by 2%, (C) in the case of any such prepayment made during
the period beginning on July 1, 2008 and ending on September 26, 2008, the
principal amount of such prepayment multiplied by 1%, and (D) no such
compensation, in the case of any such prepayment made on or after September 27,
2008.

     Section 3.12. Amendment of Section 2.05(b)(ii). Section 2.05(b)(ii) of the Existing
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety by revising clause (ii) thereof to read as
follows:

     (ii) The Aggregate Term Loan Commitments automatically shall be
permanently reduced by $35,000,000 on the Closing Date upon the initial funding
of the Term Loan, and the Aggregate Term Loan Commitments in respect of the
Supplemental Term Loan Advance automatically shall be permanently reduced on
the Fifth Amendment Effective Date upon the funding of the Supplemental Term
Loan Advance.

     Section 3.13. Amendment of Section 2.05(c)(ii). Section 2.05(c)(ii) of the Existing
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (ii)(A) the Reduction Amount multiplied by 3%, in the case of any such
reduction occurring during the period beginning on the date that is 181 days
after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and ending on September 26, 2007, (B)
the Reduction Amount multiplied by 2%, in the case of any such reduction made
during the period beginning on September 27, 2007 and ending on June 30, 2008,
(C) the Reduction Amount multiplied by 1%, in the case of any such reduction
occurring during the period beginning on July 1, 2008 and ending on September
26, 2008, and (D) no such compensation, in the case of any such commitment
reduction made on or after September 27, 2008.

     Section 3.14. Amendment of Section 2.06. Section 2.06 of the Existing Credit Agreement
is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (a) Revolving Loans. On the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall
repay the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such
date.

     (b) Term Loan. The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal
amount of the Term Loan in two installments as follows: (i) on February 15,
2008, the Borrower shall repay $5,000,000 of the Term Loan, to be shared
ratably by the Lenders in proportion to the aggregate amount of the
Supplemental Term Loan Advance made by each Lender (or in the event any

9

 

Lender making any portion of the Supplemental Term Loan Advance has assigned
all or any portion thereof, then, in proportion to the aggregate amount of the
Supplemental Term Loan Advance held by each Lender after giving effect to such
assignments); and (ii) on the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay the
remaining aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding on such date.

     Section 3.15. Amendment of Section 6.05(e). Section 6.05(e) of the
Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (e) Since March 30, 2007, except as and to the extent disclosed by the
Borrower in reports filed with the SEC prior to November 7, 2007, there has
been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that
has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 3.16. Amendment of Section 7.02(l). Section 7.02(l) of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (l) Within two (2) Business Days after the Friday of each week, deliver to
the Administrative Agent a certificate, in form, detail, and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, signed by the chief
financial officer or the vice president and assistant treasurer of the
Borrower, calculating the Total Liquidity as of such preceding Friday.

     Section 3.17. Amendment of Section 7.10. Section 7.10 of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     7.10 Inspection Rights.

     Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative
Agent or the Lenders to visit and inspect any of its Properties, to examine its
corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or
abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its
directors, officers, and (so long as an officer of the Borrower is given an
opportunity to be present) independent public accountants, all at the expense
of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and
as often as may be reasonably desired, upon at least two Business Days advance
notice to the Borrower.

     Section 3.18. Amendment of Section 8.01. Section 8.01 of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (r), replacing the
period at the end of clause (s) with a semi-colon and the word “and”, and adding a new clause (t)
which reads as follows:

     (t) Liens securing Indebtedness evidenced by the Second Lien Supplemental
Notes and the Second Lien Indenture, provided that such Liens are
subordinated to the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (securing the
Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

10

 

     Section 3.19. Amendment of Section 8.03. Section 8.03 of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word “and” at the end of clause (i), replacing the
period at the end of clause (j) with a semi-colon and the word “and”, and adding new clauses (k)
and (l) which read as follows:

     (k) Indebtedness of the Borrower under the Second Lien Supplemental Notes;
and

     (l) without duplication, Indebtedness of the Parent in respect of its
Guarantees of the Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Supplemental Notes.

     Section 3.20. Amendment of Section 8.13(a). Section 8.13(a) of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (a) Amend or modify any of the terms of any Indebtedness of any of the
Loan Parties (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) if such
amendment or modification would add or change any terms in a manner adverse to
the Loan Parties or the Lenders, or shorten the final maturity or average life
to maturity or require any payment to be made sooner than originally scheduled
or increase the interest rate applicable thereto; provided, it being
understood and agreed that the Borrower’s issuance of the Second Lien
Supplemental Notes is not prohibited by this Section 8.13(a).

     Section 3.21. Amendment of Section 8.15(b). Section 8.15(b) of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (b) Permit the Parent to (i) hold any assets or have any liabilities other
than (A) the Capital Stock of the Borrower, (B) the liabilities under the Loan
Documents and its Guarantee of the Borrower’s obligations under the Second Lien
Indenture, (C) tax liabilities in the ordinary course of business, (D)
corporate, administrative and operating expenses in the ordinary course of
business or (E) intercompany payables and receivables in connection with the
Tax Sharing Agreement and employee stock compensation plans or (ii) engage in
any business other than (A) owning the Capital Stock of the Borrower and
activities incidental or related thereto, (B) acting as a Guarantor hereunder
and pledging its assets to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and (C)
Guaranteeing the Borrower’s obligations under the Second Lien Indenture and
pledging its assets to the trustee thereunder, for the benefit of the holders
of the Second Lien Notes and the Second Lien Supplemental Notes.

     Section 3.22. Amendment to Section 8.22. Section 8.22 of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

11

 

     8.22 Minimum Total Liquidity. Permit the Total Liquidity as of
the close of business on Friday of each week (or if any Friday is not a
Business Day, on the immediately preceding Thursday) to be less than
$4,000,000.

     Section 3.23. Amendment of Section 11.04(a). Section 11.04(a) of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

     (a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates
(including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the
Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit
facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution,
delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or
any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof
(whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be
consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C
Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any
Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iii) all out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer
(including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the
Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), in connection with the
enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with any of the Loan
Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with
the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such
out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or
negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit, and (iv) without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, all reasonable fees and expenses of
any financial advisory or accounting firm retained by the Administrative Agent,
at the direction of the Required Lenders, in connection with the review,
analysis, appraisal, valuation or restructuring of the Loan Parties or their
respective Properties. The Borrower’s obligation to pay all such costs,
expenses and charges includes, without limitation, any such costs, expenses and
charges that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any
Affiliate thereof of any proceedings under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such
Person as the debtor in such proceedings.

     Section 3.24. Amendment of Schedule 2.01. Schedule 2.01 of the Existing Credit
Agreement is hereby replaced with a new Schedule 2.01 in the form and content attached hereto as
Exhibit “A”.

PART 4

Representations and Warranties

     Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that, as of the
Fifth Amendment Effective Date:

12

 

     Section 4.1. Authority. Each Loan Party has all the necessary corporate power to
make, execute, deliver, and perform this Fifth Amendment, has taken all necessary corporate action
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Fifth Amendment and has duly executed
and delivered this Fifth Amendment. This Fifth Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Loan Parties, enforceable
against each of them in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be subject to
(a) applicable Debtor Relief Laws and (b) general principles of equity.

     Section 4.2. No Legal Obstacle to Agreement. Neither the execution of this Fifth
Amendment, the making by the Borrower of any borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, nor the
performance of the Amended Credit Agreement has constituted or resulted in or will constitute or
result in a breach of the provisions of any contract to which any Loan Party is a party, or the
violation of any law, judgment, decree or governmental order, rule or regulation applicable to any
Loan Party, or result in the creation under any agreement or instrument of any security interest,
lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any of the assets of any Loan Party. No approval or
authorization of any governmental authority is required to permit the execution, delivery or
performance by any Loan Party of this Fifth Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement, or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the making of any borrowings by the Borrower under
the Amended Credit Agreement.

     Section 4.3. Incorporation of Certain Representations. The representations and
warranties set forth in Article VI of the Amended Credit Agreement are true and correct in all
material respects on and as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date as though made on and as of the
date hereof, except for any representations and warranties that expressly relate solely to an
earlier date, which representations and warranties were true and accurate in all material respects
on and as of such earlier date.

     Section 4.4. Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
under the Amended Credit Agreement (other than the Pending Defaults).

PART 5

Conditions to Effectiveness

     This Fifth Amendment shall be and become effective as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date
provided that each of the conditions set forth in this Part 5 shall have been satisfied in the
determination of the Agent and the Lenders (or satisfaction thereof has been waived by the Agent
and the Lenders) on or before November 14, 2007. If the Borrower fails to satisfy each of the
conditions set forth in this Part 5 prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on November 14, 2007, then,
at the option of the Agent and the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Borrower, this Fifth
Amendment shall be null and void.

     Section 5.1. Counterparts of Amendment. The Agent shall have received counterparts
(or other evidence of execution, including telephonic message, satisfactory to the Agent) of this
Fifth Amendment, which collectively shall have been duly executed on behalf of each of the
Borrower, the Guarantor, the Lenders and the Agent.

     Section 5.2. Corporate Action. The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent
certified copies of all necessary corporate action taken by each Loan Party approving this Fifth

13

 

Amendment, and each of the documents executed and delivered in connection herewith or therewith
(including, without limitation, a certificate setting forth the resolutions of the board of
directors of each Loan Party authorizing the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement herein
provided for and the execution, delivery and performance of this Fifth Amendment). The Agent shall
have received a certificate, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party,
dated as of the date hereof, as to the incumbency of the person or persons authorized to execute
and deliver this Fifth Amendment and any instrument or agreement required hereunder on behalf of
each Loan Party, as applicable.

     Section 5.3. Second Lien Amendment Documents. The Borrower shall have provided the
Agent with (a) a certified copy of the fully executed Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture,
increasing the amount of secured indebtedness which may be incurred by the Borrower under the
Amended Credit Agreement by at least $5,000,000 and otherwise consistent with the terms of this
Fifth Amendment, such Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture being in form and substance
reasonably acceptable to the Agent, (b) a certified copy of the fully executed Second Lien
Supplemental Notes, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, and (c) all other
documents, instruments, and filings executed by the Borrower or the Parent related thereto, each in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The effectiveness of the Amended and
Restated Second Lien Indenture and the Second Lien Supplemental Notes, and each of the other
documents, instruments and agreements executed by the Borrower related thereto, shall not be
subject to any conditions precedent which remain unsatisfied, other than the effectiveness of this
Fifth Amendment.

     Section 5.4. Consenting Noteholders’ Waiver and Consent. The Borrower shall have
provided the Agent with a certified copy of each of the Borrower’s agreements with the Consenting
Noteholders, reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Agent, pursuant to which inter alia
holders of Second Lien Notes comprising at least 90% of the principal amount of all outstanding
Second Lien Notes have agreed to waive any default or event of default under the Second Lien Notes
and the Second Lien Indenture (the “Second Lien Note Waiver”) associated with the
Borrower’s issuance of the Second Lien Supplemental Notes in lieu of cash payment to the Consenting
Noteholders with respect to interest due on December 15, 2007 under the Second Lien Notes. The
effectiveness of such agreements, including without limitation the Second Lien Note Waiver, shall
not be subject to any conditions precedent which remain unsatisfied, other than the effectiveness
of this Fifth Amendment.

     Section 5.5. Officer’s Certificate. The Agent shall have received a certificate
executed by the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Borrower, as of the
Fifth Amendment Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, stating that the
Borrower’s Obligations with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, as increased in
aggregate amount in accordance with this Fifth Amendment, constitute (i) “Senior Lender Claims”
under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) “First Priority Lien Obligations”
under and as defined in the Second Lien Indenture and the Amended and Restated Second Lien
Indenture.

     Section 5.6. Acknowledgement Agreement. The Agent shall have received an
acknowledgement, executed by the Borrower and the trustee under the Second Lien Indenture, in form
and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, stating inter alia that (A) the Loans under the
Amended Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $95 million, after giving effect to
the increase in the Term Loan contemplated by this Fifth Amendment, constitute

14

 

(i) “Senior Lender Claims” within the meaning of the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) “First
Priority Lien Obligations” within the meaning of the Second Lien Indenture and the Amended and
Restated Second Lien Indenture; (B) the Borrower’s Indebtedness under the Second Lien Supplemental
Notes and the Amended and Restated Second Lien Indenture constitutes Noteholder Claims within the
meaning of the Intercreditor Agreement; and (C) after giving effect to the Fifth Amendment and the
Second Lien Note Waiver, to the best of its knowledge, no default or event of default exists under
the Second Lien Notes, the Second Lien Supplemental Notes, the Second Lien Indenture or the Amended
and Restated Second Lien Indenture as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

     Section 5.7. Amendment Fee. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent an amendment
fee, for the account of each Lender, based upon each Lender’s Commitment, in such amount as set
forth in the Fifth Amendment Fee Letter.

     Section 5.8. Upfront Fee. The Borrower shall have paid to the Agent an upfront fee,
for the account of each Lender, in respect of each Lender’s Commitment to make its ratable share of
the Supplemental Term Loan, in such amount as set forth in the Fifth Amendment Fee Letter.

     Section 5.9. Out-of-Pocket Costs. The Borrower shall have paid any and all reasonable
out-of-pocket costs (to the extent invoiced) incurred by the Agent or Banc of America Securities
LLC (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Agent’s legal counsel), and all other fees
and amounts payable to the Agent or Banc of America Securities, LLC in connection with this Fifth
Amendment.

     Section 5.10. Legal Opinion. The Agent shall have received a favorable legal
opinion, addressed to the Agent, from the Borrower’s legal counsel, reasonably acceptable to the
Agent in form and substance, opining, among other matters, that (i) the Loan Parties’ entry into
and performance of this Fifth Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement does not contravene the
obligations, covenants, or restrictions applicable to the Loan Parties under the Second Lien
Indenture or any other material agreement of the Loan Parties, and (ii) the Loan Parties’ execution
and delivery of this Fifth Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

     Section 5.11. Restructuring Plan. The Borrower shall have provided to the Agent a
non-binding preliminary term sheet for a stand-alone restructuring plan for the Borrower, and a
preliminary analysis of how the Borrower would propose to implement such plan. Such term sheet
shall be substantially identical to the term sheet for a stand-alone restructuring provided to the
Consenting Noteholders.

     Section 5.12. Liquidity Forecast. The Borrower shall have provided to the Agent its
updated weekly liquidity forecast through February 14, 2008.

     Section 5.13. Mortgage Modifications and Memoranda of Subordination. The Borrower
shall have duly executed and delivered to the Agent modifications to each of the Mortgage
Instruments reflecting the increase in the Obligations as a result of the Supplemental Term Loan
Advance, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Borrower shall have
caused the Trustee to duly execute and deliver to the Agent updated memoranda of subordination with
respect to mortgages in favor of the Trustee on the Mortgaged Properties, in

15

 

form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent
certified copies of each of the duly executed mortgage modifications in favor of the Trustee
reflecting the increase in Indebtedness arising under the Amended and Restated Second Lien
Indenture due to the issuance of the Second Lien Supplemental Notes. The Borrower shall also
deliver to the Agent such other documents, filings and local counsel opinions as the Agent
reasonably requires, each in form and content reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

PART 6

Miscellaneous

     Section 6.1. First Priority Lien Obligations. The Borrower represents and warrants
that all of the Loans under the Amended Credit Agreement, including without limitation the Term
Loans as increased in amount pursuant to the terms of this Fifth Amendment, constitute “First
Priority Lien Obligations” within the meaning of the Second Lien Indenture and the Amended and
Restated Second Lien Indenture, and constitute “Senior Lender Claims” within the meaning of the
Intercreditor Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower hereby designates all of the
Loans outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement, including without limitation the Term Loan as
increased in amount pursuant to the terms of this Fifth Amendment, (i) as “First Priority Lien
Obligations” within the meaning of the Second Lien Indenture and the Amended and Restated Second
Lien Indenture, and (ii) as “Senior Lender Claims” within the meaning of the Intercreditor
Agreement.

     Section 6.2. Instrument Pursuant to Existing Credit Agreement. This Fifth Amendment
is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise
expressly indicated therein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms
and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement.

     Section 6.3. Effect. Except as expressly herein amended, the terms and conditions of
the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without amendment or
modification, express or implied. The entering into this Fifth Amendment by the Lenders shall not
be construed or interpreted as an agreement by the Lenders to enter into any future amendment or
modification of the Amended Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

     Section 6.4. References in Other Loan Documents. At such time as this Fifth Amendment
shall become effective pursuant to the terms of Part 5 hereof, all references in the
Existing Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement” and/or “First Lien Credit Agreement” shall be
deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Fifth Amendment.

     Section 6.5. Counterparts. This Fifth Amendment may be executed by the parties hereto
in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which shall
constitute together but one and the same agreement, and all of such counterparts taken together
shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature delivered or transmitted
by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.

     Section 6.6. Integration. This Fifth Amendment, together with the Loan Documents,
contains the entire and exclusive agreement of the parties hereto with reference to the matters

16

 

discussed herein and therein. This Fifth Amendment supersedes all prior drafts and
communications with respect thereto. This Fifth Amendment may not be amended except in writing.

     Section 6.7. Further Assurances. The Borrower agrees to take such further actions as
the Agent shall reasonably request from time to time in connection herewith to evidence or give
effect to the amendments set forth herein or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     Section 6.8. Governing Law. THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT
MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF
LAWS PRINCIPLES.

     Section 6.9. Successors and Assigns. This Fifth Amendment shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     Section 6.10. Costs, Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay on demand any and all
reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent or Banc of America Securities LLC and all other fees and
other amounts payable to the Agent or Banc of America Securities LLC (including, without
limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent) in accordance with the terms
of Section 11.04 of the Existing Credit Agreement in connection with this Fifth Amendment.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

17

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Amendment to be duly executed
and delivered as of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Patrick W. Kellick
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Patrick W. Kellick 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President /CFO 	 
	 
	 	ACG HOLDINGS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Patrick W. Kellick
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Patrick W. Kellick 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President /CFO 	 

18

 

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Robert Rittlemeyer
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Robert Rittlemeyer 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 
	 
	 	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as LC Issuer

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Kevin M. Behan
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Kevin M. Behan 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 
	 

19EX-10.13

 

Exhibit 10.13(a)

American Color Graphics, Inc.,

ACG Holdings, Inc.,

and

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

Dated as of November 14, 2007

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

	 	 	 	 	 
	TIA Sections	 	Indenture Sections
	Section 310(a)(1)

	 	 	7.10	 
	                   (a)(2)

	 	 	7.10	 
	                   (a)(3)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	                   (a)(4)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	7.08; 7.10	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	Section 311(a)

	 	 	7.12	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	7.12	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	Section 312(a)

	 	 	2.04	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	12.02	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	12.02	 
	Section 313(a)

	 	 	7.06	 
	                   (b)(1)

	 	 	7.06	 
	                   (b)(2)

	 	 	7.06; 7.07	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	7.05; 12.02	 
	                   (d)

	 	 	7.06	 
	Section 314(a)

	 	 	4.17; 4.18	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	11.04	 
	                   (c)(1)

	 	 	12.03	 
	                   (c)(2)

	 	 	12.03	 
	                   (c)(3)

	 	 	12.03	 
	                   (d)

	 	 	11.06	 
	                   (e)

	 	 	12.04	 
	                   (f)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	Section 315(a)

	 	 	7.01	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	7.05; 12.02	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	7.01; 7.02	 
	                   (d)

	 	 	7.01; 7.02	 
	                   (e)

	 	 	6.11	 
	Section 316(a)(last sentence)

	 	 	2.10	 
	                   (a)(1)(A)

	 	 	6.05	 
	                   (a)(1)(B)

	 	 	6.04	 
	                   (a)(2)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	6.07	 
	Section 317(a)(1)

	 	 	6.08	 
	                   (a)(2)

	 	 	6.09	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	2.05	 
	Section 318(a)

	 	 	12.01	 
	                   (b)

	 	 	N.A.	 
	                   (c)

	 	 	12.01	 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

1

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	5	 
	SECTION 1.01 Definitions
	 	 	5	 
	SECTION 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction
	 	 	29	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TWO THE NOTES
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 2.01 Form and Dating
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 2.02 Restrictive Legends
	 	 	31	 
	SECTION 2.03 Execution, Authentication and Denominations
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	34	 
	SECTION 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	 	 	34	 
	SECTION 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 2.07 Book-Entry Provisions For Global Notes
	 	 	36	 
	SECTION 2.08 Special Transfer Provisions
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 2.09 Replacement Notes
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 2.10 Outstanding Notes
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 2.11 Temporary Notes
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.12 Cancellation
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.13 CUSIP Numbers
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE THREE REDEMPTION
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.01 Right of Redemption
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 3.02 Notices To Trustee
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 3.03 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 3.04 Notice of Redemption.
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 3.05 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 3.06 Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 3.07 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	46	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FOUR COVENANTS
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 4.01 Payment Of Notes
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 4.05 Limitation on Dividend and other Payment
Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.06 Limitation on The Issuance and Sale of Capital
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted
Subsidiaries
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.08 Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and
Affiliates
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.09 Limitation on Liens
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
	 	 	57	 

2

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 4.11 Limitation On Asset Sales
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 4.12 Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 4.13 Existence
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 4.14 Payment of Taxes
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 4.15 Maintenance of Properties
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 4.16 Notice of Defaults
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 4.17 Compliance Certificates
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 4.18 Commission Reports and Reports to Holders
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 4.19 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	 	 	61	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE FIVE SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 5.01 When Company May Merge, etc
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 5.02 Successor Substituted
	 	 	63	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SIX DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 6.01 Events of Default
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 6.02 Acceleration
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 6.10 Priorities
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 	 	68	 
	SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission not Waiver
	 	 	69	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE SEVEN TRUSTEE
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee
	 	 	69	 
	SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee
	 	 	70	 
	SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 7.05 Notice of Default
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	72	 
	SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	73	 
	SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc
	 	 	74	 
	SECTION 7.10 Eligibility
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 7.11 Money Held In Trust
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 7.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 7.13 Appointment of Co-Trustees or Co-Collateral Agents
	 	 	75	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE EIGHT DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 8.01 Termination of Company’s and Guarantor’s Obligations
	 	 	76	 
	SECTION 8.02 Application Of Trust Money
	 	 	80	 
	SECTION 8.03 Repayment to Company
	 	 	80	 

3

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	SECTION 8.04 Reinstatement
	 	 	81	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE NINE AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consent
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 9.04 Notation on or Exchange Of Notes
	 	 	83	 
	SECTION 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 9.06 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	84	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TEN GUARANTEE
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 10.01 Guarantee
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 10.03 Execution And Delivery Of The Guarantee
	 	 	85	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE ELEVEN COLLATERAL AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 11.01 Collateral and Security Documents
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 11.02 Application of Proceeds of Collateral
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 11.03 Possession, Use and Release of Collateral
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 11.04 Opinion of Counsel
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 11.05 Further Assurances
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 11.06 Trust Indenture Act Requirements
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 11.07 Suits to Protect Collateral
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 11.08 Purchaser Protected
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 11.09 Powers Exerciseable by Receiver or Trustee
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 11.10 Release Upon Termination of Company’s Obligations
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 11.11 Limitation On Duty Of Trustee In Respect Of Collateral
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 11.12 Authorization of Trustee
	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE TWELVE MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 12.01 Trust Indenture Act of 1939
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 12.02 Notices
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 12.03 Certificate And Opinion As To Conditions Precedent
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 12.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 12.05 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 12.06 Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 12.07 Governing Law
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION 12.08 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.09 No Recourse Against Others
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.10 Successors
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.11 Duplicate Originals
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.12 Separability
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.14 No Liability for Clean-Up of Hazardous Materials
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 12.16 Force Majeure
	 	 	94	 

4

 

     AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE dated as of November 14, 2007 among American Color Graphics,
Inc., a New York corporation (the “Company”), ACG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“Holdings” or the “Guarantor”) and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., a national banking
association (the “Trustee”).

RECITALS

     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for
the issuance of its secured noninterest-bearing notes (the “2008 Notes”), due March 15, 2008
(herein called the “2008 Notes” and, collectively with the 2010 Notes, the “Notes”). Holdings has
duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for a guarantee of the 2008
Notes and of certain of the Company’s obligations hereunder. All things necessary to make this
Indenture a valid agreement of the Company and Holdings, in accordance with its terms, have been
done.

     The Company and Guarantor have entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2003
(the “Initial Indenture”), between the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee. On July 3, 2003,
the Company issued and sold $280,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2010 Notes pursuant to
the Initial Indenture.

     The Company duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Initial Indenture to provide for
the issuance from time to time of its 10% Senior Second Secured Notes Due 2010 (herein called the
“2010 Notes”). Holdings duly authorized the execution and delivery of the Initial Indenture to
provide for a guarantee of the 2010 Notes and of certain of the Company’s obligations hereunder.

     This Indenture amends and restates the Initial Indenture in its entirety and this Indenture is
subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, that are required to be a part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH

     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the
Notes, as follows.

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.01 Definitions.

     “2003 Recapitalization” means, collectively, (a) the offering and sale of the 2010 Notes, (b)
the closing of the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date and the initial drawings thereunder, (c)
the repayment of indebtedness under the Company’s credit agreement in effect on the Closing Date,
(d) the redemption of all the 12 3/4% Notes, (e) the repurchase, and concurrent retirement, of all
the outstanding shares of preferred stock of Holdings and the cancellation of all

5

 

options to purchase shares of preferred stock of Holdings, and (f) all transactions relating
to the implementation of the foregoing.

     “2008 Holder” or “2008 Noteholder” means the registered holder of any 2008 Note.

     “2008 Note Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the 2008 Notes by any Guarantor.

     “2010 Holder” or “2010 Noteholder” means the registered holder of any 2010 Note.

     “2010 Note Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the 2010 Notes by any Guarantor.

     “Adjusted Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss)
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP,
provided that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
(without duplication):

     (1) the net income (or loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except
to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

     (2) the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all the property and assets of such Person
are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net
income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument; judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation
applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;

     (4) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to sales of assets outside
the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (5) solely for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be
made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04, any amount paid or
accrued as dividends on Preferred Stock of the Company owned by Persons other than the
Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (6) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains and, solely for purposes of
calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring losses or
expenses; and

     (7) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

6

 

     “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means at any time the total amount of assets of
the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation,
amortization and other valuation reserves), after deducting therefrom all current liabilities of
the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and all
goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other
intangibles, all as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended at least 45 days
prior to the date of determination.

     “Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
“controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, Co-Registrar, Paying Agent or authenticating agent.

     “Agent Members” has the meaning provided in Section 2.07(a).

     “Applicable Pari Passu Indebtedness” means (1) in respect of any assets or properties that are
the subject of an Asset Sale at a time when such assets or properties are included in the
Collateral, Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes and that is secured equally and ratably
with the Notes by Collateral at such time, and (2) in respect of any other assets or properties,
Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes.

     “Asset Acquisition” means (1) an investment by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary
or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the
businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (2) an
acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any
Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially
all of a division or line of business of such Person, provided that the property and assets
acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition.

     “Asset Disposition” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) of (1) all or
substantially all the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) all or substantially all
the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.

     “Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger,
consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one transaction or a series of related

7

 

transactions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of:

     (1) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary,

     (2) all or substantially all the property and assets of an operating unit or business
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of,

     (3) any other property and assets (other than the Capital Stock or other Investment in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the
ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and,

in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers,
consolidations and sales of assets of the Company, provided that “Asset Sale” shall not include:

     (a) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets,

     (b) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets constituting a Permitted
Investment or Restricted Payment permitted to be made under Section 4.04,

     (c) sales, transfers or other dispositions of assets with a fair market value not in
excess of $1 million in any transaction or series of related transactions,

     (d) any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any property or equipment
that has become damaged, worn out, obsolete or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection
with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, or sale and leaseback of
assets occurring within 180 days after the date of the acquisition of such assets by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Average Life” means, at any date of determination with respect to any debt security, the
quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such date
of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security
and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (2) the sum of all such principal payments.

     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.

     “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such Person
or any duly authorized committee of such Board of Directors.

     “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and to
be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

8

 

     “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks
in The City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are
authorized or obligated by law to be closed.

     “Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of
such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued thereafter, including, without
limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

     “Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real,
personal or mixed) of which the discounted present value f the rental obligations of such Person as
lessee, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such Person.

     “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means the discounted present value of the rental obligations
under a Capitalized Lease.

     “Certificate of Disposal” has the meaning provided in Section 2.12.

     “Change of Control” means such time as (i) a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of
Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders and their
respective Affiliates, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act) (treating all Permitted Holders and their respective Affiliates as if they were not members of
any such “person” or “group”) of more than (A) forty percent (40%) of the total voting power of the
then outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings and (B) the total voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, beneficially owned by the
Permitted Holders and their respective Affiliates, treating the Permitted Holders and their
respective Affiliates as a “group”; or (ii) during any period of two consecutive calendar years,
individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of (A) the
Company (together with any new directors whose election by the Company’s Board of Directors or
whose nomination for election by the Company’s Board of Directors or whose nomination for election
by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then
still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) or (B) Holdings (together with any new
directors whose election by Holdings’ Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by
Holdings’ Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by Holdings’ shareholders was
approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved), in either case, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
directors of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, then in office; or (iii) (A) the Company
or Holdings consolidates with or merges into any other Person or conveys, transfers or leases all
or substantially all its assets to any Person or (B) any Person merges into the Company or
Holdings, in either event pursuant to a transaction in which any Voting Stock of the Company or
Holdings, as the case may be, outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness thereof is
reclassified or changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, provided,
however, that any consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease (x) between the Company and any of
its Subsidiaries, between Holdings and any

9

 

of its Subsidiaries, between any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or between any of Holdings’
Subsidiaries (including the reincorporation of the Company or Holdings in another jurisdiction) or
(y) for the purpose of creating a public holding company for the Company or Holdings in another
jurisdiction or (z) for the purpose of creating a public holding company for the Company or
Holdings in which all holders of the Capital Stock of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be,
would be entitled to receive (other than cash in lieu of fractional shares) solely Capital Stock of
the holding company in amounts proportionate to their holdings of such Capital Stock of the Company
or Holdings, as the case may be, immediately prior to such transaction, shall be excluded from the
operation of this clause (iii).

     “Closing Date” means the date on which the 2010 Notes were originally issued under the Initial
Indenture.

     “Collateral” means all of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor whether real, personal or
mixed, in which the Holders, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any of them now or hereafter
holds a Lien as security for any Noteholder Claim.

     “Collateral Agent” means the collateral agent under this Indenture, the Intercreditor
Agreement and the Security Agreement, which initially shall be the Trustee, acting in its capacity
as Collateral Agent under such agreements on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustee and the
Holders.

     “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted,
created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such
Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the
body performing such duties at such time.

     “Commodity Agreement” means any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option
agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

     “Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such
Person’s equity, other than Preferred Stock of such Person, whether outstanding on the Closing Date
or issued thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

     “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a
successor replaces it pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter means the
successor.

     “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by two
Officers.

     “Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income:

     (1) the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary,

10

 

     (2) income taxes;

     (3) depreciation expense;

     (4) amortization expense; and

     (5) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than
items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required
by GAAP to be, made), less all non-cash items increasing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income,

all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
conformity with GAAP, provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance
with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the percentage ownership interest in
the income of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest in
respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount on
any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in
accordance with the effective interest method of accounting; all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; the net
costs associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals
in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding, however, (1) any
amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted
Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause
(3) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted
Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause
(3) of the definition thereof) and (2) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization
thereof) payable in connection with the offering of the Notes, all as determined on a consolidated
basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP.

     “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which this Indenture shall, at any
particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date of the Initial
Indenture, located at 100 Ashford Center North, Suite 520, Atlanta, Georgia 30338; Attn: Corporate
Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by
notice to the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor, or the principal corporate trust office of
any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to
time by notice to the Holders, the Company and the Guarantor).

     “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, among Holdings,
the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of

11

 

America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, together with all the other documents related thereto
(including, without limitation, any Guarantees and security documents), in each case as such
agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented,
extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, including, without limitation,
any agreement increasing the amount of, extending the maturity of, refinancing or otherwise
restructuring (including, but not limited to, the inclusion or substitution of additional or
different borrowers, guarantors, debtors or lenders thereunder that are Subsidiaries of Holdings or
the Company and whose obligations are guaranteed by Holdings or the Company thereunder) all or a
portion of the Indebtedness under such agreements or any successor agreements.

     “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other
similar agreement or arrangement.

     “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default.

     “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective
successors.

     “Disinterested Director” of any Person means, with respect to any transaction or series of
related transactions, a member of the Board of Directors of such Person who does not have any
material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such transaction or series of
related transactions, provided that the entire Board of Directors may, in good faith, determine
whether any member of the Board of Directors is a Disinterested Director for such purpose, and such
determination shall be conclusive.

     “Disqualified Stock” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its
terms or otherwise is (1) required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, (2)
redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior
to the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (3) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock
referred to in clause (1) or (2) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute
Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such
Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change
of control” occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified
Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no
more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Section 4.11
and Section 4.12 and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase
or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes
as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the provisions contained in Section 4.11 and Section
4.12.

     “Event of default” has the meaning provided in Section 6.01.

     “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning provided in Section 4.11.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

12

 

     “Exchange Notes” means, with respect to a series of Notes, any securities of the Company
containing terms identical to the Notes of such series (except that such Exchange Notes shall be
registered under the Securities Act) that are issued and exchanged for the Notes pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement or any other registration rights agreement and this Indenture.

     “Fair Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between
an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under
no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
shall be conclusive if evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

     “First Priority Lien Obligations” means (i) the Indebtedness and other obligations under the
Credit Agreement of Holdings, the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) Indebtedness and other
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of Interest Rate Agreements, Currency
Agreements and other hedging arrangements and agreements related to such Indebtedness, and (iii)
any obligations under any other agreements evidencing Indebtedness, in the case of each of (i),
(ii) and (iii) secured by a first priority Lien on any assets or properties of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary under clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Liens.

     “First Priority Liens” means all Liens that secure the First Priority Lien Obligations.

     “Foreign Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 11.12.

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is an entity which is a
controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     “Four Quarter Period” means, with respect to any date, the most recent four fiscal quarters
prior to such date for which reports have been filed with the Commission or provided to the
Trustee.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect as of the Closing Date, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in
such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession. All ratios and computations contained or referred to in this Indenture shall be
computed in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that calculations made for
purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the covenants and with other provisions of
this Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (1) the amortization of any expenses incurred
in connection with the 2003 Recapitalization and (2) the write-off of expenses relating to the
repayment of Indebtedness repaid in connection with the 2003 Recapitalization.

     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such

13

 

Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by
agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase
arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to
take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (2) entered into for
purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or
to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), provided that the
term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

     “Guarantor” means Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, and their successors under this
Indenture, until such Guarantor is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

     “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note.

     “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or
otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of,
contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, provided that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by
such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the
accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence
of Indebtedness.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without
duplication):

     (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money,

     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments,

     (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar
instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding
obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing
obligations (other than obligations described in (1) or (2) above or (5), (6) or (7) below)
entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of
credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no
later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for
reimbursement),

     (4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of
property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of
placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of
such services, except Trade Payables and other accrued expenses arising in the ordinary
course of business and payable within one year of the incurrence thereof,

     (5) all Capitalized Lease Obligations,

14

 

     (6) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, provided that the amount of such
Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of
determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness,

     (7) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such
Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person,

     (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under
Commodity Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements (other than Commodity
Agreements, Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements designed solely to protect the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in commodity prices, foreign
currency exchange rates or interest rates and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the
obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in commodity prices,
foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
compensation payable thereunder), and

     (9) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness
represented by such Disqualified Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or
involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding
accrued dividends, if any.

     For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does
not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness
shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or
measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be
determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such
Disqualified Stock.

     The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such
date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent
obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, provided

     (A) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized
portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in
conformity with GAAP,

     (B) that money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness
in order to prefund the payment of the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to
be “Indebtedness” so long as such money is held to secure the payment of such interest, and

     (C) that Indebtedness shall not include:

     (x) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes,

15

 

     (y) performance, surety or appeal or other similar bonds provided in the
ordinary course of business, or

     (z) agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price,
“earn out” or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds
or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in
connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any
portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition), so long as the principal amount does not exceed the
gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
connection with such disposition.

     “Indenture” means this Amended and Restated Indenture, which amends and restates the Initial
Indenture in its entirety, as this Indenture is originally executed or as may be amended or
supplemented from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered
into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

     “Initial Indenture” has the meaning provided in the second recital of this Indenture.

     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as
that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

     “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement to be dated on or about the
Closing Date among the Senior Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Company,
Holdings and the Subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as amended, modified, restated,
supplemented or replaced from time to time.

     “Interest Coverage Ratio” means, on any Transaction Date, the ratio of (1) the aggregate
amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Four Quarter Period prior to such Transaction Date to (2) the
aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense during such Four Quarter Period. In making the foregoing
calculation:

     (A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid during the
period (the “Reference Period”) commencing on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and
ending on the Transaction Date (other than Indebtedness Incurred or repaid under a revolving
credit or similar arrangement to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any
predecessor revolving credit or similar arrangement) in effect on the last day of such Four
Quarter Period, unless any portion of such Indebtedness is projected, in the reasonable
judgment of the senior management of the Company, to remain outstanding for a period in
excess of 12 months from the date of the Incurrence thereof), in each case as if such
Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid on the first day of such Reference Period;

     (B) Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether
existing or being Incurred) computed on a pro forma basis and bearing a

16

 

floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction
Date (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if
such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months or, if shorter, at
least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the
entire period;

     (C) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions
(including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition
and to any expense and cost reductions, calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act, attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset
Acquisition or Asset Disposition) that occur during such Reference Period as if they had
occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and

     (D) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions
(including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition
and to expense and cost reductions, calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act, attributable to the assets that are the subject of any asset
disposition or asset acquisition) that have been made by any Person that has become a
Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions
or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted
Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or
Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, provided that to
the extent that clause (C) or (D) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given
to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon
the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or
division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed for which financial
information is available.

     “Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to the 2010 Notes, means the Stated Maturity
of an installment of interest on the 2010 Notes.

     “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future
agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract
or other similar agreement or arrangement.

     “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of
credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding
advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with
GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the
ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other
property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or
any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments
issued by, such Person and shall include (1) the

17

 

designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (2) the retention of
the Capital Stock (or any other Investment) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including without limitation,
by reason of any transaction permitted by Section 4.06. For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04, (a) the amount of or a reduction in an Investment shall
be equal to the fair market value thereof at the time such Investment is made or reduced and (b) in
the event the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment by transferring assets to any
Person and as part of such transaction receives Net Cash Proceeds, the amount of such Investment
shall be the fair market value of the assets less the amount of Net Cash Proceeds so received,
provided the Net Cash Proceeds are applied in accordance with clause (A) or (B) of Section 4.11.

     “Junior Liens” means the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Company or any Guarantor to
secure the payment and performance of all or any Noteholder Claims, and all replacements, renewals
and other modifications of such Liens.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind
(including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in
the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest).

     “Management Investors” means the officers, directors, employees and other members of the
management of the Company, Holdings or a Subsidiary, or family members or relatives thereof or
trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing, who at any particular date shall beneficially own
or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of Holdings.

     “Management Stock” means Capital Stock of Holdings, or options, warrants or rights to acquire
Capital Stock of Holdings, held by any of the Management Investors.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

     “Net Cash Proceeds” means:

     (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or
cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent
corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
cash or cash equivalents and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted
to cash or cash equivalents, net of:

     (1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of
counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale;

     (2) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are
payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of
operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

     (3) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time
of such Asset Sale that either (x) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or
(y) is required to be paid as a result of such Asset Sale; and

18

 

     (4) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a
reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without
limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP; and

          (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, the proceeds of such issuance or
sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment
obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof)
when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents and proceeds from the conversion of other
property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorney’s fees, accountants’
fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant
and other fees incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable
as a result thereof.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a person who is not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S).

     “Noteholder Claims” has the meaning provided in Section 11.01.

     “Notes” means any of the Securities, as defined in the first recital of this Indenture that
are authenticated and delivered under the Initial Indenture or this Indenture. For all purposes of
this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include the 2010 Notes initially issued on the Closing Date,
any Exchange Notes to be issued and exchanged for any 2010 Notes pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Initial Indenture and any other Notes issued after the Closing Date under
this Indenture, including the 2008 Notes. For purposes of this Indenture, the 2010 Notes will vote
together as one series of Notes under this Indenture and the 2008 Notes will vote together as one
series of Notes under this Indenture.

     “Note Guarantee” means any Guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture
and the Notes by any Guarantor.

     “Offer to Purchase” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced
by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder stating:

     (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the offer is being made and that
all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment in a pro rata basis;

     (ii) the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no
earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the
“Payment Date”);

     (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its
terms;

     (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and
after the Payment Date;

19

 

     (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase
will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the
Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Payment Date;

     (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately
preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
name of such Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement
that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and

     (vii) that Holders whose 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, are being
purchased only in part will be issued new 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be,
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the
case may be, surrendered; provided that each 2010 Note purchased and each new 2010 Note
issued shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 and each
2008 Note purchased and each new 2008 Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $1.00 or
integral multiples of $1.00.

     On the Payment Date, the Company shall (a) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or
portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (b) deposit with the Paying Agent money
sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (c) deliver,
or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an
Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company.
The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Notes so accepted payment in an amount
equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided
that each 2010 Note purchased and each new 2010 Note issued shall be in a principal amount of
$1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 and each 2008 Note purchased and each new 2008 Note issued
shall be in a principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiples of $1.00. The Company will publicly
announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The
Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent
such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase
Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.

     “Officer” means, with respect to the Company, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers. Each Officers’
Certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall include the
statements provided for in TIA Section 314(e).

     “Offshore Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

20

 

     “Offshore Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion that meets the requirements of Section 12.04 and
is signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. Each such Opinion
of Counsel shall include the statements provided for in TIA Section 314(e).

     “Paying Agent” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except that, for the purposes of
Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an
Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent.

     “Payment Date” has the meaning provided in the definition of Offer to Purchase.

     “Permitted Holders” means, collectively, The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, Morgan Stanley Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership, Morgan Stanley Capital Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and MSCP III
892 Investors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the other investors, including the
officers and directors of the Company or Holdings, who beneficially own Voting Stock of Holdings on
the Closing Date after giving effect to the 2003 Recapitalization or, upon the death of any such
individual investor, such individual investor’s executors, administrators, testamentary trustees,
heirs, legatees or beneficiaries.

     “Permitted Investment” means:

     (1) an Investment in the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Person that will, upon
the making of such Investment, become a Subsidiary Guarantor or be merged or consolidated
with or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that such person’s primary business is related, ancillary or
complementary to the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date
of such Investment;

     (2) Temporary Cash Investments;

     (3) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time
of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

     (4) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments;

     (5) an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary consisting solely of an Investment in
another Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

     (6) Commodity Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements designed
solely to protect the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in
commodity prices, interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates.

     “Permitted Liens” means:

21

 

     (1) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time not to exceed $280 million with respect to the 2010 Notes and
$15,580,980 with respect to the 2008 Notes;

     (2) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

     (3) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or Capital Stock of the Company
or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders;

     (4) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such
Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure
Indebtedness owing to the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary;

     (5) Liens securing Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness secured by Liens pursuant to clause (6) below) which is permitted
to be Incurred under Clause (iii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.03, provided that
such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness that is permitted under Section 4.03 in an aggregate
principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $105 million and Liens securing
Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or other hedging arrangements or agreements
related to such Indebtedness;

     (7) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property
acquired after the Closing Date, provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for the
purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with Section 4.03, to finance the
cost (including the cost of improvement or construction) of the item of property or assets
subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after
the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full
operation of such property, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such
Lien does not exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover
any property or assets other than such item of property or assets and any improvements on
such item, provided further, that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien on Collateral,
the Notes shall be secured by a Second Priority Lien on such item of property or assets;

     (8) Liens on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, or
government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash
or government securities pre-fund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held
in a collateral or escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose; or

     (9) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made;

22

 

     (10) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics,
suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of
business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by
appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a
reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP
shall have been made;

     (11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

     (12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, surety and appeal bonds,
government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a
similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the
payment of borrowed money);

     (13) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges,
encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with
the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (14) leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the
ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole;

     (15) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or
partial payments by a customer of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to
such property or assets;

     (16) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease
or operating lease;

     (17) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding
leases;

     (18) Liens on property of, or on shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, any Person
existing at the time such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary,
provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired;

     (19) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (20) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise to an Event of Default;

     (21) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products
and proceeds thereof;

23

 

     (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

     (23) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens
that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the
ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Commodity Agreements,
Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements designed solely to protect the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the
price of commodities;

     (24) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date; and

     (25) Liens on shares of Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

     “Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

     “Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement to be dated on or about the Closing Date between
Holdings and the Collateral Agent, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from
time to time.

     “Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such
Person’s preferred or preference equity, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or issued
thereafter, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such preferred or preference
stock.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set
forth in Section 2.02.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the date fixed for
such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

     “Redemption Price” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, the price at
which such Note is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

     “Registrar” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

24

 

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 3, 2003,
among the Company, the Guarantor and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of America LLC and
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC or any other registration rights agreement providing for the
registration of any Notes under the Securities Act.

     “Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement as defined and described in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date related to the
2010 Notes means the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such
Interest Payment Date related to the 2010 Notes and with respect to any other debt security,
including the 2008 Notes, the date specified in such debt security.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

     “Replacement Assets” means, on any date, property or assets (other than current assets) of a
nature or type or that are used in a business (or an Investment in a company having property or
assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of
the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
existing on such date.

     “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the
corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs
functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge
of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture.

     “Restricted Payments” has the meaning provided in Section 4.04.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, and its successors.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement to be dated on or about the Closing Date
among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee, Holdings, the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company
party thereto, granting, among other things, a second priority Lien on the Collateral described
therein in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and holders of the Notes,
as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

25

 

     “Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement,
the Pledge Agreement and all other security agreements, pledges, collateral assignments or other
instruments evidencing or creating any Security Interests in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Trustee and holders of the Notes, in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each
case, as amended, modified, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

     “Security Interests” means the Liens on the Collateral created by the Security Documents in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes.

     “Security Register” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

     “Senior Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the Holders of
the Senior Lender Claims and any successors.

     “Senior Lender Claims” has the meaning provided in Section 11.01.

     “Senior Liens” means the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Company or any Guarantor to
secure the payment and performance of all or any Senior Lender Claims, and all replacements,
renewals and other modifications of such Liens.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary that,
together with its Subsidiaries, (1) for the most recent fiscal year of the Company, accounted for
more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) as
of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10% of the consolidated assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available
consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year.

     “Stated Maturity” means, (1) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such
debt security as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt security
is due and payable and (2) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on
any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such
installment is due and payable.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business
entity of which more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned,
directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

     “Subsidiary Guarantee” has the meaning provided in Section 4.07.

     “Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary which provides a Note Guarantee of the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07, and its
successors until released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

26

 

     “Surviving Person” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

     “Temporary Cash Investment” means any of the following:

     (1) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or
obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any
agency thereof, in each case maturing within one year unless such obligations are deposited
by the Company (x) to defease any Indebtedness or (y) in a collateral or escrow account or
similar arrangement to prefund the payment of interest on any indebtedness;

     (2) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing
within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which
is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any
foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company
has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100 million (or the
foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such
similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical
rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money market
fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

     (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying
securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with a bank or trust
company meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

     (4) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition,
issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence
under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any
investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher)
according to SP

     (5) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition
issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of
the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
and rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s; and

     (6) any mutual fund that has at least 95% of its assets continuously invested in
investments of the types described in clauses (1) through (5) above.

     “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section
9.06.

     “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other
indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the
acquisition of goods or services.

27

 

     “Transaction Date” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness, the date such
Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such
Restricted Payment is to be made.

     “Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture and
thereafter means such successor.

     “United States Bankruptcy Code” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as
codified in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any
successor federal Bankruptcy Law.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of
determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the
manner provided below; and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of
Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital
Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
provided that (A) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of
the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an
“Investment” by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of
such designation; (B) either (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or
less or (II) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted
under Section 4.04 and (C) if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment
referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04.
The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary,
provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time
of or after giving effect to such designation and (b) all Liens and Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such
time, have been permitted to be Incurred (and shall be deemed to have been Incurred) for all
purposes of this Indenture. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to
such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing provisions.

     “U.S. Global Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United
States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations
of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United
States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit
obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable
at the option of the issuer thereof at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and
shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect
to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any
such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a
depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not

28

 

authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository
receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or
the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by
such depository receipt.

     “U.S. Physical Notes” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

     “Voting Stock” means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily
having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the
governing body of such Person.

     “Wholly Owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of
the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or
Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

     SECTION 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a
provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

     “indenture securities” means the Notes;

     “indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder;

     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

     “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Notes.

     All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by a rule of the Commission and not otherwise defined
herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

     SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;

     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;

     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the
singular;

29

 

     (v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

     (vi) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a
whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

     (vii) all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be
computed in accordance with the definition of GAAP set forth in Section 1.01; and

     (viii) all references to Sections or Articles refer to Sections or Articles of this
Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

     SECTION 2.01 Form and Dating. The 2010 Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 and the 2008 Notes and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2, in
each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are
required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company or the Guarantor are subject, or
usage. The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on
the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

     The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibit A-1 and
Exhibit A-2 shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. To the
extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of
this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

     Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one
or more permanent global Notes, without interest coupons, in registered form (the “U.S. Global
Notes”) registered in the name of the nominee of the Depositary, deposited with the Trustee, as
custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to
time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for
the Depositary or its nominee, in accordance with the instructions given by the Holder thereof, as
hereinafter provided.

     Notes issued pursuant to Sections 2.06 and 2.07 in exchange for interests in the U.S. Global
Notes shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes, without interest coupons, in registered
form (the “U.S. Physical Notes”).

     Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued
initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, without interest
coupons (the “Offshore Global Notes”), registered in the name of the nominee of the Depositary,
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the

30

 

Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal
amount of the Offshore Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments
made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided.

     Notes issued pursuant to Sections 2.06 and 2.07 in exchange for interests in the Offshore
Global Notes shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes, without interest coupons, in
registered form (the “Offshore Physical Notes”).

     Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the U.S. Global Note and the Offshore Global Note
will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, deposited with the Trustee as hereinafter provided,
including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.02 (the “Exchange Global Note”). The
Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules
regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.

     Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in a U.S. Physical Note will be issued in the form of
permanent certificated Notes, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1
and Exhibit A-2 hereto (the “U.S. Physical Exchange Note”). Exchange Notes exchanged for interests
in an Offshore Physical Note will be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes, without
interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto (the “Offshore
Physical Exchange Note”).

     The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred
to as the “Physical Notes.” The U.S. Global Notes, the Offshore Global Notes and the Exchange
Global Notes are sometimes referred to herein as the “Global Notes.”

     The definitive Notes of shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any
combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any
securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing
such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

     SECTION 2.02 Restrictive Legends. Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or sold in
connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement,
(i) the U.S. Global Notes and U.S. Physical Notes shall bear the legend set forth below on the face
thereof and (ii) the Offshore Physical Notes and Offshore Global Notes shall bear the legend set
forth below on the face thereof until at least the 41st day after the initial issuance date of such
Note and receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto.

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR
TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING
SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS

31

 

DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT), OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT
WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN
EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE,
EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE TRUSTEE A
SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS
ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE), AND,
IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED
BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH
PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE
144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST
CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH
TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE
TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER
OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES”, AND
“U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE
INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF
THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

     Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the following legend on the
face thereof:

32

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT
HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF
FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO
NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S
NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.

     SECTION 2.03 Execution, Authentication and Denominations. Subject to Article Four and applicable law, the
aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is
unlimited. The Notes shall be executed by two Officers of the Company. The signature of these
Officers on the Notes may be by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the
Company.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
or authenticating agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

     A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

     At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee or an
authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a Company Order authenticate for original issue Notes in
the aggregate principal amount specified in such Company Order; provided that the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in connection
with such authentication of Notes. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be
authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in case
of an issuance of Notes at any time following the Closing Date, shall certify that such issuance is
in compliance with Article Four.

     The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An authenticating
agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or the Guarantor or
an Affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor.

33

 

     The 2010 Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in
denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and any integral multiple thereof. The 2008 Notes
shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1.00 in
principal amount and any integral multiple thereof.

     SECTION 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), an office or agency where
Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which
shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Company shall cause the Registrar
to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Security Register”). The
Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into
written form within a reasonable time. The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or
more additional Paying Agents.

     The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to
this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such
Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any
such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a
Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as
such Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands. The Company may
remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal
shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent to such
Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such
successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee
shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i)
of this proviso. The Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them may
act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notice and demands.

     The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent
and agent for service of notice and demands. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders
and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each Regular Record Date and at such other times as the
Trustee may reasonably request the names and addresses of Holders as they appear in the Security
Register, including the aggregate principal amount of Notes held by each Holder.

     SECTION 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Not later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) each due
date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on Notes, the Company shall deposit with the
Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if
any, and interest so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on such Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any
other obligor on such Notes), and such Paying

34

 

Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on
such Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any
time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require
such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds
disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money so paid
over to the Trustee. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of any of
them acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on such Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the
Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming
due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in
this Indenture, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act.

     SECTION 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. The Notes are issuable only in registered form, without interest
coupons. A Holder may transfer a Note only by written application to the Registrar stating the
name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such
transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only
upon, final acceptance and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Security Register.
Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee,
and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is registered as the
owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and none of the Company,
the Trustee, or any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Furthermore, any
Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of
beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through records maintained by the
Holder of such Global Note or its agent (with respect to interests of participants) and the records
of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants) and that ownership
of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes
are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer or to
exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including
an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the
exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met (including that such Notes
are duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee and Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney who is authorized in
writing to act on behalf of the Holder); provided that no exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes
shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and
that any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in
connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or other similar governmental charge
payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08 or 9.04).

     The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any
Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the

35

 

mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 and
ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part.

     All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall
evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

     SECTION 2.07 Book-Entry Provisions For Global Notes. (a) The U.S. Global Notes and Offshore Global Notes
initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the
nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and
(iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.02.

     Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the
Trustee as its custodian, or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such
Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to
any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as
between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the
exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note.

     (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but
not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of
beneficial owners in Global Notes may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of
the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. In addition, U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore
Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial
interests in the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, if (i) the
Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the
U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is
not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Depository ceases to be
registered as a “clearing agency” under the Exchange Act and a successor depository is not
appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (iii) in accordance
with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08.

     (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person who
takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be
an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly,
will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to
beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

36

 

     (d) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interests in a Global Note
to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.07, the Registrar shall reflect on
its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Global Note to be
transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or
more U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of like tenor and amount.

     (e) In connection with the transfer of the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, in
whole, to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.07, the U.S. Global Notes
or Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to
each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the
U.S. Global Notes or Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, an equal aggregate principal amount
of U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations.

     (f) Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Notes
pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07 shall, except as otherwise provided by
paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the
U.S. Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02.

     (g) Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Offshore Global
Notes pursuant to paragraph (b), (d) or (e) of this Section 2.07 shall, except as otherwise
provided by paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions
applicable to Offshore Physical Notes set forth in Section 2.02.

     (h) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take
any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

     SECTION 2.08 Special Transfer Provisions. Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note or
sold in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, the following provisions shall apply:

     (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall
apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional
Accredited Investor that is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons)

     (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note
bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the time period
referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (y) the proposed transferee has
delivered to the Registrar (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto
and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being transferred is less than
$100,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act.

37

 

     (ii) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the
U.S. Global Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by
paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a
decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes to be transferred, and
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S.
Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

     (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration
of any proposed transfer of a Note to a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons):

     (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note if the Note to be transferred
consists of either Offshore Physical Notes, Offshore Global Notes, U.S. Global Notes or U.S.
Physical Notes, prior to the removal of the Private Placement Legend and such transfer is
being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note
stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale
has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed
a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C stating, or has otherwise advised the
Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any
such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A and is aware that the sale to it is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its
foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule
144A.

     (ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred
consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to
in paragraph (i) above and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the
Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an
increase in the principal amount of U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the U.S. Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the U.S.
Physical Notes so transferred.

     (c) Transfers of Interests in the Offshore Global Notes or Offshore Physical Notes. The
following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in Offshore Global Notes
or Offshore Physical Notes:

     (i) prior to the removal of the Private Placement Legend from the Offshore Global Notes
or Offshore Physical Notes pursuant to Section 2.02, the Registrar shall refuse to register
such transfer unless such transfer complies with paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) of this Section
2.08, as the case may be, and

     (ii) after removal of the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall register the
transfer of any such Note without requiring any additional certification.

38

 

     (d) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons at Any Time. The following provisions shall apply with
respect to any transfer of a Note to a Non-U.S. Person:

     (i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to any Non-U.S. Person if the
Note to be transferred is a U.S. Physical Note, an Offshore Physical Note or an interest in
U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, upon receipt of a certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor.

     (ii) (a) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in
the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the
documents, if any, required by paragraph (ii) and (y) instructions in accordance with the
Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes or the
Offshore Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest
in the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes to be transferred, and (b) if the
proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given
in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall
reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the
Offshore Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes,
the Offshore Physical Notes or the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, as the
case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note, if any, so
transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Note, as
the case may be.

     (e) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing
the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private
Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend
unless (i) the Private Placement Legend is no longer required by Section 2.02, or (ii) the
circumstances contemplated by paragraph (a)(i)(x) of this Section 2.08 exist or (iii) there is
delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the
Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are
required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

     (f) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder
of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture
and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in
this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer
complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. In connection
with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the
Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them
may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from,
or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided that
the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the
Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other
information.

39

 

     The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications
received pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08. The Company shall have the right to
inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any
reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

     Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Trustee against any liability that may result
from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of
this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.

     The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance
with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect
to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members
or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such
certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and
when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

     SECTION 2.09 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder claims
that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, there has been delivered to the Company
and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or wrongful taking, and
such security or indemnity as may be satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee to save each of
them and any agent of either of them harmless, which, if required by the Company or the Trustee,
may be an indemnity bond, then, in the absence of written notice to the Company or the Trustee that
such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of this Section 2.09 are met. The
Company may charge such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a
Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about
to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new
Note in replacement thereof.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and the Guarantor and shall
be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

     SECTION 2.10 Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated
by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those
described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding.

     If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until
the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a
Bona Fide purchaser.

     If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on the
redemption date or the maturity date money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions

40

 

thereof) to be redeemed or maturing on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease
to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

     A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds
such Note, provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal
amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any
Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so owned shall be so disregarded.
Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such
Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate
of the Company or of such other obligor.

     SECTION 2.11 Temporary Notes. Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other
variations determined to be appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause
definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the
temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to
Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefore a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations
representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

     SECTION 2.12 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated
hereunder that the Company has not issued and sold. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall
forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and
shall dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedures, including delivery of a certificate
upon the Company’s request therefor (a “Certificate of Disposal”) describing such Notes disposed
(subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes it has (i) paid or (ii) delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any
reason, except in the case of (ii) above, other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

     SECTION 2.13 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “CINS” or “ISIN” numbers (if
then generally in use), and the Company and the Trustee shall use CUSIP, CINS or ISIN numbers, as
the case may be, in notices of redemption or

41

 

exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any
defect in or omission of such CUSIP numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in “CUSIP”, “CINS” or “ISIN” numbers for the Notes.

     SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, such
interest shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of
having been such Holder, and it shall (i) pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in
immediately Available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful)
any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders of the Notes on a
subsequent special record date and (ii) pay any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and
upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the
Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed
practicable by the Trustee. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to
the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the
Company for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least
15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and to the
Trustee a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

     SECTION 3.01 Right of Redemption. (a) The 2010 Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or
in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after June 15, 2007 and prior to maturity, upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
last address, as it appears in the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed
in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is prior to the
Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing June 15 of the years set forth below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Redemption Price
	2007
	 	 	105.0	%
	2008
	 	 	102.5	%
	2009
	 	 	100.0	%

     (b) In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2006, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more sales of
Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or a capital contribution to the
Company’s common equity, at any time as a whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 110%, plus

42

 

accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of 2010 Holders of
record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest
due on an Interest Payment Date); provided that (i) at least $150 million aggregate principal
amount of the 2010 Notes remain outstanding after each such redemption and (ii) notice of such
redemption is mailed within 60 days after such sale of Capital Stock.

     (c) The 2008 Notes are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or
from time to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class
mail to each Holder’s last address, as it appears in the Security Register, at the Redemption Price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 100%.

     SECTION 3.02 Notices To Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be
redeemed and the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which redemption shall occur.

     The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.02 at least 10 days before
the Notice of Redemption is to be mailed out (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the
Trustee).

     SECTION 3.03 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed(a) . (a) If less than all of the 2010 Notes are to be
redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the 2010 Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the 2010 Notes are
listed or, if the 2010 Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange or automated
quotation system, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem
fair and appropriate; provided that no 2010 Note of $1,000 in principal amount or less shall be
redeemed in part.

     The Trustee shall make the selection from the 2010 Notes outstanding and not previously called
for redemption. 2010 Notes in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount may only be redeemed in
whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any
integral multiple thereof) of 2010 Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000 in principal
amount. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the 2010 Notes called for redemption also apply
to portions of the 2010 Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the
Registrar promptly in writing of the 2010 Notes or portions of the 2010 Notes to be called for
redemption.

     (b) If less than all of the 2008 Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall
select the 2008 Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange, if any, on which the 2008 Notes are listed or, if the 2008 Notes are not
listed on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system, by lot or by such other
method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem appropriate; provided that no 2008 Note of
$1.00 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

     The Trustee shall make the selection from the 2008 Notes outstanding and not previously called
for redemption. 2008 Notes in denominations of $1.00 in principal amount may only be redeemed in
whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1.00

43

 

in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of 2008 Notes that have denominations
larger than $1.00 in principal amount. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the 2008 Notes
called for redemption also apply to portions of the 2008 Notes called for redemption. The Trustee
shall notify the Company and the Registrar promptly in writing of the 2008 Notes or portions of the
2008 Notes to be called for redemption.

     SECTION 3.04 Notice of Redemption. With respect to any redemption of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as
the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
Redemption Date, the Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by
first-class mail to each 2010 Holder or 2008 Holder, as the case may be, whose 2010 Notes or 2008
Notes, as the case may be, are to be redeemed.

     The notice shall identify the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, (including
CUSIP, CINS or ISIN numbers, if any) to be redeemed and shall state:

     (i) the Redemption Date;

     (ii) the Redemption Price;

     (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (iv) that the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, called for redemption must
be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price;

     (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on the
2010 Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the
only remaining right of the 2010 Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus
accrued interest to the Redemption Date, if any, upon surrender of the 2010 Notes to the
Paying Agent;

     (vi) that, if any 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, is being redeemed in
part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or any
integral multiple thereof in the case of the 2010 Notes and equal to $1.00 in principal
amount of or any integral multiple thereof in the case of the 2008 Notes) of such 2010 Note
or 2008 Note, as the case may be, to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date,
upon surrender of such 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, a new 2010 Note or 2008
Note or 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion thereof will be reissued; and

     (vii) that, if any 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, contains a CUSIP, CINS
or ISIN number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the
correctness of the CUSIP, CINS or ISIN number either as printed on the 2010 Notes or the
2008 Notes, as the case may be, or as contained in the notice of redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the 2010 Notes or
2008 Notes, as the case may be.

44

 

     At the Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the
time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the 2010 Holders or 2008 Holders, as the
case may be), made in writing to the Trustee at least 45 days (or such shorter period as shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such
notice to the 2010 Holders or the 2008 Holders, as the case may be, the Company shall concurrently
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notice has been given.

     SECTION 3.05 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, 2010 Notes or 2008
Notes, as the case may be, called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and
at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any of the 2010 Notes to the Paying Agent, such 2010
Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.
Upon surrender of any of the 2008 Notes to the Paying Agent, such 2008 Notes shall be paid at the
Redemption Price to the Redemption Date.

     Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the 2010 Holder
or 2008 Holder, as the case may be, receives the notice. In any event, failure to give such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption
of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, held by the 2010 Holders or the 2008
Holders, as the case may be, to whom such notice was properly given.

     SECTION 3.06 Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Redemption
Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own
Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to
pay the Redemption Price, of and accrued interest on, if any, all 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the
case may be, to be redeemed on that date other than the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case
may be, or portions thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the
Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

     SECTION 3.07 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given in the manner
provided above, the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, or portion of the 2010 Notes
or the 2008 Note, as the case may be, specified in such notice to be redeemed shall become due and
payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated therein, together with accrued
interest, if any, to such Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of such 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, at the Redemption
Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until
paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the 2010 Notes or the
2008 Notes, as the case may be), such 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, shall cease to
accrue interest. Upon surrender of any of the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, for
redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may
be, shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued
interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated
Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the 2010 Holders or the 2008
Holders, as the case may be, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Regular
Record Date.

45

 

     SECTION 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of any of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the
case may be, that are redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the 2010 Holder or the 2008 Holder, as the case may be, without service
charge, a new 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of such surrendered 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, upon
cancellation of the original 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be; provided that each such
new 2010 Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiple thereof and each such
new 2008 Note will be in a principal amount of $1.00 or integral multiple thereof.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

     SECTION 4.01 Payment Of Notes. The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this
Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on
the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company,
or any Affiliate of any of them) holds as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that date money
designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company or any Affiliate of any of them acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal, premium,
if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent
complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. As provided in Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy
or reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent,
if any, for the Notes. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any,
and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum
specified in the Notes.

     SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at
any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands
may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02.

     The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency.

     The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such
office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

46

 

     SECTION 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the 2010 Notes, the 2010 Note
Guarantees and other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date), provided that the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness, if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Interest Coverage Ratio
would be greater than 2.0:1, for Indebtedness Incurred on or prior to March 31, 2005, and 2.25:1,
for Indebtedness Incurred thereafter.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as specified
below) may Incur each and all of the following:

     (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement
outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5 million plus the
greater of (A) $70 million, less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid as
provided under Section 4.11 and (B) the amount equal to the sum of 85% of the consolidated
net book value of accounts receivable and 65% of the consolidated net book value of
inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with
GAAP as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which reports have been
filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee;

     (ii) Indebtedness owed (A) to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor evidenced by an
unsubordinated promissory note or (B) to any other Restricted Subsidiary, provided that (x)
any event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of
such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ii) and (y) if the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, in the case of the Company or the Note
Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor;

     (iii) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
refinance, defease, renew or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
outstanding under clause (i), (ii), (v) or (viii)) and any refinancings thereof in an amount
not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest, fees
and expenses), provided that (a) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or
refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of
payment to, the Notes or a Note Guarantee shall only be permitted under this clause (iii) if
(x) in case the Notes are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari
passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the
terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding,
is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining
Notes or the Note Guarantee, or (y) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, such new Indebtedness, by
its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new
Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of
payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee at

47

 

least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes
or the Note Guarantee, (b) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of
such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to
be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal
to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded and (c) such
new Indebtedness is Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or by the Restricted
Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded;

     (iv) Indebtedness of the Company, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are, as
promptly as practicable (A) used to purchase Notes tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as
a result of a Change in Control or (B) deposited to defease the Notes as set forth in
Article Eight;

     (v) Guarantees of the Notes and Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor by any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Guarantee of such
Indebtedness is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07;

     (vi) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness, including, without
limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money
obligations, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or
cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of
the Company or such Guarantor, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness (together with refinancings thereof) Incurred in any fiscal year shall not
exceed $5 million and that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding
at any time (together with refinancings thereof) shall not exceed $10 million; and

     (vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (in addition to
Indebtedness permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above) in an aggregate principal
amount outstanding at any time (together with refinancings thereof) not to exceed $20
million, less any amount of such Indebtedness permanently repaid as provided under Section
4.11.

     (viii) the Incurrence by the Company of the amount of Indebtedness represented by the
2008 Notes and the 2008 Note Guarantees with an aggregate principal amount equal to the sum
of (i) the amount of the December 15, 2007 interest payment with respect to the 2010 Notes
held by the Consenting Holders (as defined in the Consent Solicitation Statement dated
November 5, 2007 by the Company) and (ii) the consent fee in connection with the Consent
Solicitation Statement dated November 5, 2007 by the Company.

     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03 will not be deemed to be exceeded,
with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the
exchange rates of currencies.

48

 

     (c) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.03,
(x) Indebtedness Incurred under the Credit Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date shall be
treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of clause (a) of this Section
4.03, (y) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting
Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be
included and (z) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in
Section 4.09 shall not be treated as Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with
this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described above (other than Indebtedness referred to in clause (x) of the
preceding sentence), including under the first paragraph of part (a), the Company, in its sole
discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such item of Indebtedness.

     The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of
payment to any other Indebtedness, unless such Indebtedness is also subordinate in right of payment
to the Notes to the same extent. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to Incur any
Indebtedness, if such Indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness,
unless such Indebtedness is also subordinate in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such
Subsidiary Guarantor to the same extent.

     SECTION 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock (other than (x) dividends or distributions
payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options,
warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock and (y) pro rata dividends or
distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiary Guarantors) held by
minority stockholders) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (2) purchase, call for redemption or redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value,
any shares of Capital Stock of (A) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (including options,
warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person, or (B) a
Restricted Subsidiary other than a subsidiary Guarantor (including options, warrants or other
rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5% or more
of the Capital Stock of the Company, (3) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or
voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for
value, of Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any
Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to a Note Guarantee
or (4) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person (such payments or any
other actions described in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively “Restricted Payments”)
if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:

     (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

     (B) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of
Section 4.03(a); or

49

 

     (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made after the Closing Date shall exceed
the sum of:

     (1) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if
the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of the amount of such
loss) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting
period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date
occurs and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the
Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the Commission or provided
to the Trustee, plus

     (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Closing
Date as a capital contribution or from the issuance and sale of its Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company,
including an issuance or sale permitted by this Indenture of Indebtedness of the
Company for cash subsequent to the Closing Date upon the conversion of such
Indebtedness into Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or
from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, of any
options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (in each
case, exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights
that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed,
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes), plus

     (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions
in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on
Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of
assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the Net
Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except, in each case, to the
extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted
Consolidated Net Income), from the release of any Guarantee or from redesignations
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as
provided in the definition of “Investments”), not to exceed, in each case, the
amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

     (4) $5 million.

     (b) Section 4.04(a) shall not be violated by reason of:

     (1) the payment of any dividend or redemption of any Capital Stock within 60
days after the related date of declaration or call for redemption if, at said date
of declaration or call for redemption, such payment or redemption would comply with
the preceding paragraph;

     (2) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
for value of Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or
any Note Guarantee including premium, if any, and accrued interest,

50

 

with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clause
(iii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.03(a), or under the first paragraph of
Section 4.03(a);

     (3) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the
Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire
such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a capital
contribution or a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights
to acquire such Capital Stock), provided that such options, warrants or other rights
are not redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to
the Stated Maturity of the Notes;

     (4) the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption,
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee in exchange for,
or out of the proceeds of a capital contribution or a substantially concurrent
offering of, shares of the Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock),
provided that such options, warrants or other rights are not redeemable at the
option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of
the Notes;

     (5) the declaration or payment of dividends on Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed 6% of the
Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Closing Date from the sale of
such Capital Stock;

     (6) Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

     (7) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of
options or warrants if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the
exercise price thereof;

     (8) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Company to Holdings
in amounts required to pay the tax obligations of Holdings attributable to the
Company and its Subsidiaries determined as if the Company and its Subsidiaries had
filed a separate consolidated, combined or unitary return for the relevant taxing
jurisdiction, provided that (x) the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause
(8) to enable Holdings to pay federal and state income taxes (and franchise taxes
based on income) at any time shall not exceed the amount of such federal and state
income taxes (and franchise taxes based on income) actually owing by Holdings at
such time to the respective tax authorities for the respective period and (y) any
refunds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall promptly be returned
by Holdings to the Company through a

51

 

capital contribution or purchase of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company;

     (9) payments to Holdings necessary for Holdings to pay corporate overhead
expenses, not to exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year;

     (10) Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5 million;

     (11) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to
applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or
transfer of assets of the Company that complies with the provisions of this
Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all the property and assets of the Company;

     (12) payments by the Company to Holdings not to exceed an amount necessary to
permit Holdings to (x) make payments in respect of its indemnification obligations
owing to directors, officers or other Persons under Holdings’ charter or by-laws or
pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, or obligations in respect of
director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor), or (y) satisfy its
obligations, or by the Company to satisfy its obligations, under any registration
rights agreement or (z) make payments in respect of indemnification obligations of
Holdings in connection with any issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings by Holdings;

     (13) loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to Holdings in
order for Holdings to repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of Capital Stock of
Holdings or options, warrants or rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock of
Holdings, or the repurchase or other acquisition by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of shares of Capital Stock of Holdings or options, warrants or rights to
acquire shares of Capital Stock of Holdings, from Management Investors, but in any
event in an amount not in excess of the sum of (x) $2 million in cash consideration
in any fiscal year, plus (y) any portion of the $2 million available under the
preceding clause (x) in the prior fiscal year that was not utilized, plus (z) the
Net Cash Proceeds received during such fiscal year by the Company from Holdings as
an equity contribution out of the proceeds of the sale of Management Stock to any
Management Investors (which Net Cash Proceeds shall be excluded from the calculation
of amounts under clause (C)(2) of Section 4.04(a), provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of such repurchases or other acquisitions shall not exceed $12
million in cash consideration in the aggregate;

     (14) any Restricted Payment constituting part of the 2003 Recapitalization; or

     (15) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5 million.

52

 

provided that, except in the case of clauses (1) and (3), no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth therein.

     (c) Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 4.04(b) (other than the Restricted
Payment referred to in clause (2) thereof, an exchange of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or
Indebtedness referred to in clause (3) or (4) thereof and an Investment acquired as a capital
contribution or in exchange for Capital Stock referred to in clause (6) thereof), and the Net Cash
Proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (3), (4) or (6), shall be
included in calculating whether the conditions of clause (C) of Section 4.04(a) have been met with
respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments.

     (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.04, (x) the amount, if other
than in cash, of any Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution and (y)
in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
Restricted Payments described in the above clauses, including Section 4.04(a), the Company, in its
sole discretion, may order and classify, and from time to time may reclassify, such Restricted
Payment if it would have been permitted at the time such Restricted Payment was made and at the
time of such reclassification.

     SECTION 4.05 Limitation on Dividend and other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. (a)
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause
or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted
by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv)
transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

     (b) The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions:

     (1) existing on the Closing Date in the Initial Indenture or any other
agreements in effect on the Closing Date, and any extensions, refinancings, renewals
or replacements of such agreements, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions
in any such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements taken as a whole are
no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or
restrictions that are then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced,
renewed or replaced;

     (2) existing under or by reason of applicable law;

     (3) arising pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

     (4) existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such
Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the

53

 

time of such acquisition and not incurred in contemplation thereof, which
encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or
assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person
so acquired and any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of thereof,
provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such extensions,
refinancings, renewals or replacements taken as a whole are no less favorable in and
material respect to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions that are
then in effect and that are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced;

(5) in the case of clause (iv) of Section 4.05(a):

     (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer
of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar
property or asset;

     (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or
right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or

     (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to
any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from
the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (6) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an
agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such
Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (7) relating to a Subsidiary Guarantor and contained in the terms of any
Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if:

     (A) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to
the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined
by the Company in good faith), and

     (B) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not
materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on
the Notes.

     (c) Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the company or any Restricted
Subsidiary from (1) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise
permitted by Section 4.09 or (2) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries.

54

 

     SECTION 4.06 Limitation on The Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company
will not sell, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or
sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other
rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except:

     (1) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary;

     (2) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital
Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; or

     (3) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such
Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any
Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale
would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.04 if made on the date of such
issuance or sale; or

     (4) sales of Common Stock (including options, warrants or other rights to
purchase shares of such Common Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, provided that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
applies the Net Cash Proceeds of any such sale in accordance with clause (A) or (B)
of Section 4.11.

     SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will cause each
Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is
redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary) after the date of this Indenture other than a Foreign
Subsidiary to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a
Guarantee (a “Subsidiary Guarantee”) of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary.

     The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor,
directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary
Guarantor, unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental
indenture to this Indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may provide
by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (A)
any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of the
Company’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale,
exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (B) the designation of such Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

     SECTION 4.08 Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend
any transaction (including, without limitation, the

55

 

purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with
any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 10% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the
Company or with any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and
reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be
obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written
agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable
arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate.

     (b) Section 4.08(a) does not limit, and shall not apply to:

     (1) transactions (A) approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of
the Company or (B) for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the
Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking, accounting,
valuation or appraisal firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view;

     (2) any transaction solely between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries or solely among Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the
Company who are not employees of the Company and indemnification arrangements
entered into by the Company consistent with past practices of the Company;

     (4) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement
between the Company and any other Person with which the Company files, or is
permitted to file, a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is part of a
consolidated group for tax purposes;

     (5) any sale of shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the
Company;

     (6) any Restricted Payment not prohibited by Section 4.04 or any Permitted
Investment; or

     (7) the payment of fees to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or its Affiliates
for financial, advisory, consulting, commercial banking or investment banking
services and related expenses that the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Company
deems advisable or appropriate (including, without limitation, the payment of any
underwriting discounts or commissions or placement agency fees in connection with
the issuance and sale of securities);

     (8) issuances of securities or payments or distributions in the ordinary course
of business in connection with employment incentive plans, employees stock plans,
employee stock option plans and similar plans and arrangements approved by the Board
of Directors of the Company;

56

 

     (9) any agreement or arrangement in effect on the Closing Date, as amended,
modified or replaced from time to time, provided that the amended, modified or
replaced agreement or arrangement is not less favorable in any material respect to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than that in effect on the Closing Date;
or

     (10) the 2003 Recapitalization.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction or series of related transactions covered by Section
4.08(a) and not covered by clauses (2) through (10) of Section 4.08(b), (a) the aggregate amount of
which exceeds $5 million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner provided
for in clause (1)(A) or (B) above and (b) the aggregate amount of which exceeds $10 million in
value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (1)(B) above.

     SECTION 4.09 Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its
assets or properties of any character, or any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary, without making effective provision for all the Notes and all other amounts
due under this Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or
liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, prior to)
the obligation or liability secured by such Liens.

     At all times that the First Priority Lien Obligations are secured by assets or properties of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary that
grants a Lien on its assets for the benefit of the holders of the First Priority Lien Obligations
to, simultaneously grant a Second Priority Lien on such assets or properties for the benefit of the
Trustee and the Holders.

     SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any sale-leaseback transaction involving any of its assets or
properties whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or
properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties that the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, intends to use for substantially the same purpose or
purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

     (b) The foregoing restriction does not apply to any sale-leaseback transaction if:

     (i) the lease is for a period, including renewal rights, of not in excess of three
years;

     (ii) the transaction is solely between the Company and any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary or solely between Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (iii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, within 12 months after the sale or
transfer of any assets or properties is completed, applies an amount not less than

57

 

the net proceeds received from such sale in accordance with clause (1)(A) or (B) of the
second paragraph of Section 4.11.

     SECTION 4.11 Limitation On Asset Sales. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless (1) the consideration received by the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or
disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose
determination shall be conclusive) and (2) at least 75% of the consideration received consists of
(a) cash or temporary Cash Investments, (b) the assumption of unsubordinated Indebtedness of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or Indebtedness of any other Restricted Subsidiary (in each
case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), provided that
the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or such other Restricted Subsidiary is irrevocably and
unconditionally released from all liability under such Indebtedness, (c) any securities, notes or
other similar obligations converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the
extent of the cash received in that conversion) within 30 days of the applicable Asset Sale or (d)
Replacement Assets, provided that any assets or properties (other than Net Cash Proceeds) received
from an Asset Sale of Collateral shall be pledged as Collateral under the Security Documents to
create Second Priority Liens therein securing the Notes.

     (b) In the event and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date
in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10% of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
(determined as of the date closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company has been filed with the Commission or provided to the
Trustee), then the Company shall or shall cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to:

     (1) within 12 months after the date Net Cash Proceeds are so received exceed
10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets,

     (A) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds to permanently repay
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor under First Priority Lien Obligations,
or

     (B) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause (A)
(or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within 12 months after
the date of such agreement), in Replacement Assets, provided that the Net Cash
Proceeds from an Asset Sale of Collateral may only be invested pursuant to this
clause (B) in Replacement Assets that are pledged as Collateral under the Security
Documents to create Second Priority Liens therein securing the Notes, and

     (2) apply (no later than the end of the 12-month period referred to in clause
(1) of this Section 4.11(b)) such excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not
applied pursuant to clause (1) of this Section 4.11(b)) as provided in the following
paragraphs of this Section 4.11.

58

 

The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be
applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in clause (1) of the preceding sentence and not
applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”.

     If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not
theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.11 totals at least $5
million, the Company must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and
consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders (and if required by the terms of any Applicable
pari passu Indebtedness, from the holders of such Applicable pari passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata
basis an aggregate principal amount of the Notes (and Applicable pari passu Indebtedness) equal to
the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount,
plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the Payment Date.

     SECTION 4.12 Repurchase of Notes Upon a Change of Control. The Company must commence, within 30 days of
the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then
outstanding, at a purchase price of the 2010 Notes equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the Payment Date and of the 2008 Notes at par value, plus
accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the Payment Date.

     The Company will not be required to make an Offer to Purchase upon the occurrence of a Change
of Control, if a third party makes an offer to purchase the Notes in the manner, at the times and
price and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of this Indenture applicable to an Offer to
Purchase for a Change of Control and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in such
Offer to Purchase.

     SECTION 4.13 Existence. Except to the extent otherwise permitted under any provision in Article Four, Five
or Ten of this Indenture, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of the Company and each
Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights (pursuant to charter, partnership certificate or
statute), licenses and franchises of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of
any Restricted Subsidiary, if, in the judgment of the Company, the maintenance or preservation
thereof is no longer desirable, necessary or advisable in the conduct of the business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and provided further that any Restricted
Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose
of all or part of its property and assets (and the Company may take any actions to affect any of
the foregoing) to or with the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company.

     SECTION 4.14 Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay or discharge and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before any material penalty accrues thereon
all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon (a) the Company or
any such Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of any such Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c)
the property of the Company or any such Subsidiary that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon
the property of the Company

59

 

or any such Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge,
or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment or charge the amount, applicability or
validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP.

     SECTION 4.15 Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the
conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries material to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole to be maintained and kept in normal
condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all
necessary material equipment and will cause to be made all necessary material repairs, renewals and
replacements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in
this Section 4.15 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from discontinuing the
use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such
discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable, necessary or advisable in
the conduct of the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

     SECTION 4.16 Notice of Defaults. In the event that the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial
Officer, Chief Accounting Officer or Secretary of the Company becomes aware of any Event of Default
or Default that could reasonably be expected to become an Event of Default, the Company shall give
written notice thereof to the Trustee not later than three Business Days thereafter.

     SECTION 4.17 Compliance Certificates. (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after
the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not the signers know of
any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such fiscal year. Such certificate shall
contain a certification from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or
principal accounting officer of the Company as to his or her knowledge of the Company’s compliance
with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 4.17, such
compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice
provided under this Indenture. If any of the officers of the Company signing such certificate has
knowledge of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe any such Default or
Event of Default and its status. The first certificate to be delivered pursuant to this Section
4.17(a) shall be for the first fiscal year beginning after the execution of this Indenture.

     (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year, beginning with the fiscal year in which this Indenture was executed, a certificate signed by
the Company’s independent certified public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national
reputation) stating that in making the examination necessary for certification of the Company’s
year-end financial statements for such fiscal year, nothing came to their attention that caused
them to believe that the Company was not in compliance with any of the terms, covenants, provisions
or conditions of Article Four and Section 5.01 of this Indenture as they pertain to accounting
matters and, if any Default or Event of Default has come to their attention, specifying the nature
and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such independent certified public
accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person

60

 

for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such Default or Event of Default. The Company
shall not be required to comply with the foregoing clause (b) with respect to any fiscal year if
such compliance would be contrary to the recommendations of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants so long as the Company delivers to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of
such fiscal year an Officer’s Certificate stating that such compliance would be so contrary and any
facts particular to the Company that may have caused such compliance to be so contrary.

     SECTION 4.18 Commission Reports and Reports to Holders. Whether or not the Company is then required to
file reports with the Commission, the Company shall file with the Commission all such reports and
other information as it would be required to file with the Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 if it were subject thereto. The Company shall supply to
the Trustee and to each Holder or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder
who so requests, without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports and other information,
provided, however, that the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and
provided as described hereunder shall be those of Holdings rather than the Company for so long as
(1) Holdings is a Guarantor of the Notes (or the Exchange Notes) and (2) Holdings’ filing of such
reports, information and other documents satisfies the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X
under the Exchange Act. The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of TIA Section
314(a) to the extent required thereby. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the
Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained
therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the
Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

     SECTION 4.19 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law
wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder,
delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

     SECTION 5.01 When Company May Merge, etc. (a) Neither Holdings nor the Company will consolidate with,
merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a
series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into it
unless:

     (1) it shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than it) formed
by such consolidation or into which it is merged or that acquired or leased such
property and assets, (the “Surviving Person”), shall be a corporation

61

 

organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America
or any jurisdiction thereof and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Security Documents, in the case of a transaction
involving the Company, or all of Holdings’ obligations under this Indenture and its
Note Guarantee and the Security Documents, in the case of a transaction involving
Holdings;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

     (3) in the case of a transaction involving the Company, immediately after
giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company, or the
Surviving Person, as the case may be, could Incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness
under the first paragraph of Section 4.03(a), provided that this clause (3) shall
not apply to a consolidation, merger or sale of all (but not less than all) the
assets of the Company if all Liens and Indebtedness of the Company or the Surviving
Person, as the case may be, and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately
after such transaction would have been permitted (and all such Liens and
Indebtedness, other than Liens and Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the transaction, shall be deemed to
have been Incurred) for all purposes of this Indenture;

     (4) it delivers to the Trustee an officers’ certificate (attaching the
arithmetic computations to demonstrate compliance with clause (3)) and Opinion of
Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indenture complies with this provision and that all conditions
precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with;
and

     (5) the Guarantor, unless the Guarantor is the Person party to such transaction
under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed
that its Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the Company or the
Surviving Person, as the case may be, in accordance with the Notes and this
Indenture;

provided, however, that clause (3) above does not apply (i) if, in the good faith determination of
the Board of Directors of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, whose determination shall be
evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the state
of incorporation of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, and any such transaction shall not
have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations or (ii) to any merger or
consolidation of any Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Company or any sale, conveyance,
transfer, lease or disposition of assets from any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company.

     (b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor whose Note Guarantee is to
be released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture) will not, and the

62

 

Company will not cause or permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate with or merge with
or into any Person other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or permit any Person
other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor to merge with or into it, unless:

     (1) the entity formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) is a corporation organized and validly existing
under the laws of the United States of America or any jurisdiction thereof;

     (2) such entity assumes by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to
the Trustee, all the Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and its
Note Guarantee and the Security Documents;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

     (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the use of any net
proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, the Company could satisfy the provisions of
clause (3) of Section 5.01(a).

All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this
Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

     Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five, and notwithstanding clause (3) of Section
5.01(a), nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation
or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale
or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the
Company or another Guarantor.

     SECTION 5.02 Successor Substituted. (a) Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance,
transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the
Company in accordance with Section 5.01 of this Indenture, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every
right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
Person had been named as the Company herein; provided that the Company shall not be released from
its obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes in the case of a
lease of all or substantially all of its property and assets.

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     SECTION 6.01 Events of Default. Any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”
hereunder with respect to the Notes:

63

 

     (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the same
becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

     (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and
such default continues for a period of 30 days;

     (c) default in the performance or breach of Article Five or the failure to make or consummate
an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or Section 4.12;

     (d) the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant
or agreement in this Indenture or under the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be,
(other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) and such default or breach
continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of
25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be;

     (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company, any
Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $10 million or
more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists
or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to
declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness
has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30
days of such acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not
any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended
within 30 days of such payment default;

     (f) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess
of $10 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons
(treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against
the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be paid or discharged, and
there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order
that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or
discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10 million during which a stay of enforcement of
such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

     (g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in
respect of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under
any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B)
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar
official of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially
all of the property and assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C)
the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period
of 60 consecutive days;

64

 

     (h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case
under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or
consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B)
consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, any Guarantor
or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

     (i) any Guarantor repudiates its obligations under its Note Guarantee or, except as permitted
by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is determined to be unenforceable or invalid or shall for any
reason cease to be in full force and effect; or

     (j) unless all the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in accordance
with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by Holdings, the Company or any Significant
Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents, or the occurrence of any event, which
adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the Second Priority Lien
on a material portion of the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Trustee and the Holders, the repudiation or disaffirmation by Holdings, the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary of its material obligations under the Security Documents or the
determination in a judicial proceeding that the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid
against Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with
respect to a material portion of the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or
determination is not rescinded, stayed or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to
the Security Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives notice thereof
specifying such occurrence from the Trustee of the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding
principal amount of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate
class with respect to such Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

     SECTION 6.02 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (g)
or (h) of Section 6.01 that occurs with respect to the Company or any Guarantor) occurs and is
continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, then outstanding and voting as a
separate class with respect to such Notes, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if
such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall,
declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the 2010 Notes or the 2008
Notes, as the case may be, to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration,
such principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In
the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (e) of
Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be
automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default
pursuant to clause (e) shall be remedied or cured by the Company, the relevant Guarantor or the
relevant Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60
days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified
in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 occurs with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, the
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued

65

 

interest on the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes,
as the case may be, voting as a separate class with respect to such Notes by written notice to the
Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if all existing Events of Default with respect to their
respective class of Notes other than the non-payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
accrued interest on their respective class of Notes that have become due solely by such declaration
of acceleration, have been cured or waived and the rescission would not conflict with any judgment
or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

     SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and at the
direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes or the
2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate class with respect to such Notes shall, pursue
any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on their respective class of Notes or to enforce the performance of
any provision of their respective Notes or this Indenture.

     The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding.

     SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as
a separate class with respect to such Notes, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may on
behalf of the Holders of all of such Notes, (a) waive an existing Default or Event of Default and
its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
any of such Notes, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 or in
respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of the Holder of each outstanding 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, affected
and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may
be, and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereto.

     SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate class with
respect to such Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided
that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that
may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction;
and provided further, that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not
inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

66

 

     SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits. A Holder of any Note may not institute any proceeding, judicial or
otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or
trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

     (i) the Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of
Default with respect to the Notes;

     (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2010
Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate class with respect to such
Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy;

     (iii) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

     (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the
request and the offer of indemnity; and

     (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding 2010 Notes or the 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate
class with respect to such Notes does not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent
with the request.

     For purposes of Section 6.05 of this Indenture and this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply
with TIA Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required
aggregate principal amount of outstanding 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, has
concurred in any request or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee
or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law.

     A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of Notes or to
obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.

     SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the
due date expressed in the Notes, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.

     SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or
interest of any 2010 Note or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, specified in clause (a) or (b) of
Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor of that class of Note for the
whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with
interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest is
lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in such
Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel.

67

 

     SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including
any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes),
its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any
monies, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the
Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee,
trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is
hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee
any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing
herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or
adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

     SECTION 6.10 Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out
the money in the following order:

     First: to the Trustee for all amounts due under Section 7.07;

     Second: to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the 2010 Notes and 2008 Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such
money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively;
and

     Third: to the Company or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

     The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

     SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a
court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses,
against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims
or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee,
a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal
amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be.

     SECTION 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and

68

 

such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined
adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Company, Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had
been instituted.

     SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.09, no right or
remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted
by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or
remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any
other appropriate right or remedy.

     SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right
and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised
from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as
the case may be.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

     SECTION 7.01 Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care
and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in
the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise the rights or powers under this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the
Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or
expense.

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be
read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements
of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any
provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee
shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they

69

 

conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or
investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

     (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

     (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

     (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

     (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the
exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably
assured to it.

     (e) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the
provisions of the TIA.

     SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01 and to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d):

     (i) the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of
indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper person;

     (ii) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 12.04. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such certificate or opinion;

     (iii) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or under the
Security Documents or perform any duties hereunder or thereunder either directly or by or
through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care by it hereunder or thereunder;

     (iv) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of

70

 

Notes unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorney’s
fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction;

     (v) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the
Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith;

     (vi) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or
other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry
or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall
determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company personally or by agent or attorney at the cost of
the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability by reason of such inquiry
or investigation;

     (vii) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such
counsel or any opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and
protection in respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith
and in reliance thereon;

     (viii) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of
Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless
written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the 2010 Notes or 2008
Notes, as the case may be, and this Indenture;

     (ix) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities (including as Collateral Agent)
hereunder and under the Security Documents, and to each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder and thereunder;

     (x) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take
specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by
any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so
authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; and

     (xi) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently
evidenced by a Company Order, and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution; and

71

 

     (xii) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of
profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss
or damage and regardless of the form of action.

     SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with
the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311.

     SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy
of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application
of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes
other than its certificate of authentication.

     SECTION 7.05 Notice of Default. If any Default or any Event of Default with respect to the 2010 Notes or
2008 Notes, as the case may be, occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the
case may be, the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c) notice of the Default or
Event of Default within 60 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been
cured; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any 2010 Note or 2008 Note, as the case may be, the Trustee shall
be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive
committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good
faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the
respective class of Notes.

     SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2008,
the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of
such May 15, if required by TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section
313(b).

     A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to
the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in
accordance with TIA Section 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes
are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof.

     SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company or the Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee such
compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its services hereunder. The compensation of
the Trustee shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Company shall reimburse the Trustee (including when it is acting as an Agent or as the Collateral
Agent) upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by the
Trustee without negligence or bad faith on its part. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s (including when it is acting as an Agent or as the
Collateral Agent)

72

 

agents and counsel, except for such disbursement and expenses as shall be determined to have
been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct.

     The Company and the Guarantor shall indemnify the Trustee, jointly and severally, (including
when it is acting as an Agent or as the Collateral Agent) for, and hold it harmless against, any
loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured
by or determined by the income of the Trustee), incurred by it without negligence or willful
misconduct on its part in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture and
the Security Documents and its duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents,
including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the
Company, a Holder or any other Person) or liability and of complying with any process served upon
it or any of its officers in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its
powers or duties under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents. The Trustee shall
notify the Company promptly of any claim of which the Trustee has received written notice and for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder, unless the Company is materially prejudiced thereby. The
Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. Unless otherwise
set forth herein, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable
fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any
expense or indemnity against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through negligence or
willful misconduct.

     To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a
lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity
as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on particular Notes.

     If the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default
specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services
will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code or any applicable federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

     The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee
and the termination of this Indenture.

     The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent
applicable.

     SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

     The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days
prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the outstanding 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, voting as a separate class with
respect to such Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing

73

 

and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may remove
the Trustee if: (i) the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; (ii) the Trustee is
adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

     If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If the successor Trustee does not
deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08
within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company
or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as
the case may be, voting as a separate class with respect to such Notes may, at the expense of the
Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Promptly after the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the
lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of
the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each
Holder. No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance
such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

     If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10 or shall fail to comply with TIA
Section 310(b), any Holder of Notes who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of
a successor Trustee. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 7.08, the Trustee shall resign promptly in the manner and with the
effect provided in this Section with respect to the Notes.

     The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each
appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders of Notes.

     Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate
Trust Office.

     Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s
obligation under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

     SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into,
or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or
national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national
banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as
if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein, provided such corporation shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article.

     In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes

74

 

shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt
the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any
successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates
shall have the full force that it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the
certificate of the Trustee shall have.

     SECTION 7.10 Eligibility. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25 million
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition that is subject to the
requirements of applicable federal or state supervising or examining authority. If at any time the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article. The Trustee
is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

     SECTION 7.11 Money Held In Trust. The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it
except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     SECTION 7.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section
311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

     SECTION 7.13 Appointment of Co-Trustees or Co-Collateral Agents. (a) At any time, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the
time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments
necessary to appoint one or more persons to act as a co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral
agent or separate collateral agent, in respect of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest in
such person, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to the Collateral, or
any part thereof, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider
necessary or desirable. No co-trustee, separate trustee, co-collateral agent or separate
collateral agent hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
trustee under Section 7.10 and no notice to Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee, separate
trustee, co-collateral agent or separate collateral agent shall be required.

     (b) Every separate trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions:

     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee
shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such
separate trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent jointly (it
being understood that such separate trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent

75

 

or co-collateral agent is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining
in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any
particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations
(including the holding of title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such
jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee, co-trustee,
separate collateral agent, or co-collateral agent, but solely at the direction of the
Trustee;

     (ii) no trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent hereunder
shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee,
co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent hereunder; and

     (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate
trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent.

     (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been
given to each of the then separate trustees, co-trustees, separate collateral agents and
co-collateral agents, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee, co-trustee, separate collateral agent or co-collateral agent shall refer to this
Indenture and the conditions of this Section. Each separate trustee, co-trustee, separate
collateral agent and co-collateral agent upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be
vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with
the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of,
affecting the liability of, or affording protection or rights (including the rights to
compensation, reimbursement and indemnification hereunder) to, the Trustee. Every such instrument
shall be filed with the Trustee.

ARTICLE EIGHT

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

     SECTION 8.01 Termination of Company’s and Guarantor’s Obligations. (a) This Indenture shall cease to be
of further effect (except that the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under Section 7.07 and
the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 8.03 shall survive), and the Trustee, on
demand of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, when:

     (i) either

     (A) all outstanding Notes theretofore authenticated and issued (other than destroyed, lost or
stolen Notes that have been replaced or paid pursuant to Section 4.01) have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation; or

     (B) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation:

     (1) have become due and payable,

76

 

     (2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

     (3) will be scheduled for redemption by their terms within one year,

     and the Company, in the case of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as funds (immediately available to the Holders in the case of clause
(i)) in trust for such purpose an amount of cash or, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), U.S.
Government Obligations or a combination thereof which, together with earnings thereon, will be
sufficient, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the
Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes for principal, premium, if any,
and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become
due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

     (1) the Company has paid all other sums payable by it hereunder; and

     (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the same effect.

     (b) The Company and the Guarantor may, subject as provided herein, terminate all of their
obligations under this Indenture (a “Legal Defeasance”) if:

     (1) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following
payments dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders (i) cash in an amount, or
(ii) U.S. Government Obligations or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay, without
consideration of the reinvestment of any such amounts and after payment of all taxes
or other charges or assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes on the
Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and
the Notes, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder; provided that the
Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money and/or the
proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of said principal,
premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes as the same shall become
due;

     (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that all conditions precedent to the Legal Defeasance contemplated by this provision
have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel to the same effect;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no
Event of Default or event that after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both
would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing on the date
of such deposit or, during the period ending on the 123rd day after the

77

 

date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be
deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period);

     (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (1) either an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that, based on (and accompanied by a copy of) a ruling of the
Internal Revenue Service unless there has been a change in U.S. Federal income tax
law occurring after the date of this Indenture such that a ruling is no longer
required, the Holders of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S.
Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option
under this Section 8.01(b) and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case
if such option had not been exercised; or a ruling directed to the Trustee received
from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion
of Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the creation of the
defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 after the
passage of 123 days and following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust
funds for the account of any Holder of Notes who may be deemed to be an “insider”
for purposes of the United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the
deposit), the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law;

     (5) if at such time either the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes are listed on a
national securities exchange, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of
counsel to the effect that such Notes will not be delisted as a result of such
deposit, defeasance and discharge.

     (6) such deposit and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; and

     (7) such deposit and discharge shall not cause the Trustee to have a
conflicting interest as defined in TIA Section 310(b).

     In such event, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default,
Article Ten and the other provisions of this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except
as provided in the next succeeding paragraph), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company, shall
execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge under this Indenture.

     However, the Company’s (and, to the extent applicable, the Guarantor’s) obligations in
Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.14, 4.01, 4.02, 7.08 and 8.04 and the
Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 8.03 shall survive until the Notes are no
longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s and the Guarantor’s obligations in Section 7.07
and the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 8.03 shall survive such satisfaction
and discharge.

78

 

     After such irrevocable deposit made pursuant to this Section 8.01(b) and satisfaction of the
other conditions set forth herein, the Trustee, on demand of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge under this Indenture.

     (c) The Company and the Guarantor may, subject as provided herein, be released from their
respective obligations to comply with, and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation, set forth in Section 4.03 through Section 4.12 and Section 4.14 through
Section 4.19, clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01, clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to such
clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01, clause (d) of Section 6.01 with respect to such other
covenants and clauses (d) and (e) of Section 6.01 and in Article Ten, and such omission to comply
with Section 4.03 through Section 4.12 and Section 4.14 through Section 4.19, clauses (3) and (4)
of Section 5.01, clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to such clauses (3) and (4) of Section
5.01, clause (d) of Section 6.01 with respect to such other covenants and clauses (d) and (e) of
Section 6.01 and in Article Ten shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01
(“Covenant Defeasance”), with the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes unaffected thereby if:

     (1) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following
payments dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders (i) cash in an amount, or
(ii) U.S. Government Obligations or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay, without
consideration of the reinvestment of any such amounts and after payment of all taxes
or other charges or assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the
principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes on
the Stated Maturity of such payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture
and the Notes and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder; provided that the
Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money and/or the
proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of said principal,
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Notes as the
same shall become due;

     (2) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating
that all conditions precedent to the Covenant Defeasance contemplated by this
provision have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel to the same effect;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no
Default or Event of Default or event that after the giving of notice or lapse of
time or both would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit or, during the period ending on the 123rd day after the
date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed
satisfied until the expiration of such period);

     (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (1) either an Opinion of
Counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions and

79

 

limitations) to the effect that, based on (and accompanied by a copy of) a
ruling of the Internal Revenue Service unless there has been a change in U.S.
Federal income tax law occurring after the date of this Indenture such that a ruling
is no longer required, the Holders of Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss
for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its
option under this Section 8.01(c) and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on
the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such option had not been exercised; or a ruling directed to the Trustee
received from the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned
Opinion of Counsel and (2) an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary
assumptions and limitations) to the effect that the creation of the defeasance trust
does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 after the passage of 123 days
and following the deposit (except, with respect to any trust funds for the account
of any Holder of Notes who may be deemed to be an “insider” for purposes of the
United States Bankruptcy Code, after one year following the deposit), the trust
funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law;

     (5) such Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; and

     (6) such Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting
interest as defined in TIA Section 310(b).

     (d) In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal of or premium, if any,
or accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, the U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to
principal or interest on or before such payment date in such amounts as will provide the necessary
money.

     (e) The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.01(b) notwithstanding
its prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.01(c).

     SECTION 8.02 Application Of Trust Money. The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee and the
Company shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to
Section 8.01. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations
through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes with respect to which the deposit was
made.

     SECTION 8.03 Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon
written request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. Subject to the
requirements of any applicable abandoned property laws, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay
to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium,
if any, or accrued and unpaid

80

 

interest that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall
have become due; provided, however, that the Company shall have either caused notice of such
payment to be mailed to each Holder entitled thereto no less than 30 days prior to such repayment
or within such period shall have published such notice in a financial newspaper of widespread
circulation published in The City of New York.

     After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person,
and all liability of the Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

     SECTION 8.04 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by
reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant
to Section 8.01 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01; provided, however, that if
the Company or the Guarantor has made any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because
of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or
U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

     SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. The Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of
Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee), the Guarantor and the
Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Security Documents or the 2010 Notes or 2008
Notes, as the case may be, without notice to or the consent of any Holder:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture;

     (2) to comply with Article Five or Section 4.07;

     (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

     (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a
successor Trustee;

     (5) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes;

     (6) to make any change that, in the good faith opinion of the Board of
Directors, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holders;

81

 

     (7) add any additional assets as Collateral; or

     (8) release Collateral from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security
Documents when permitted or required by this Indenture or the Security Documents and
to otherwise give effect to Section 11.03.

     SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 and without prior notice to the
Holders, the Company, when authorized by its Board of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution
delivered to the Trustee), the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the 2010 Notes
or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, and the Security Documents with the written consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case
may be, then outstanding affected by such amendment, and the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the 2010 Notes or 2008 Notes, as the case may be, then outstanding affected by
written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any provision of this
Indenture, their respective Notes or the Security Documents.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.02, without the consent of each Holder
affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:

     (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on,
any Note;

     (ii) reduce the principal amount of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note;

     (iii) change the optional redemption dates or optional redemption prices of the Notes
from that stated under Article Three;

     (iv) change any place or currency of payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, any Note;

     (v) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after
the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) of any
Note;

     (vi) reduce the percentage or principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of
whose Holders is necessary to modify or amend this Indenture or to waive compliance with
certain provisions of or certain Defaults under this Indenture;

     (vii) waive a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on,
any Note;

     (viii) release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee, except as provided under this
Indenture; or

     (ix) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an
Offer to Purchase under Section 4.11 after the obligation to make such Offer to Purchase has
arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate

82

 

an Offer to Purchase under Section 4.12 after a Change of Control has occurred,
including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if
such consent approves the substance thereof.

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,
supplement or waiver. The Company will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

     SECTION 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consent. Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or
portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder, even if
notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may
revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only
if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or
waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective on receipt by
the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of
the outstanding Notes.

     The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record
date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph,
those persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only
those persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any
consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record
date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date.

     After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless
it is of the type described in the second paragraph of Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or
waiver of the type described in the second paragraph of Section 9.02, the amendment or waiver shall
bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the
same indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder.

     SECTION 9.04 Notation on or Exchange Of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of
a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver such Note to the Trustee. At the Company’s
expense, the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and
return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter
authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange
for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed
terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation, or issue a new Note, shall not affect the
validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

83

 

     SECTION 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. The Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate, each stating that
the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture and by the Intercreditor Agreement and that it will be
valid and binding upon the Company. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such
amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Trustee may
execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver, even if it affects the Trustee’s own rights,
duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 9.06 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture and supplemental
indenture executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as
then in effect.

ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEE

     SECTION 10.01 Guarantee. Subject to this Article Ten, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally
guarantees to each Holder of a Note and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective
of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company
hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if
any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or
thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (b) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of
such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so
guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantor shall be obligated to pay the same immediately. The
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

     The Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with
respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment,
demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the
Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all
demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

     If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company,
the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in

84

 

relation to either the Company or the Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or
such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect.

     The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to
the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Holders and the
Trustee, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y)
in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six,
such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

     SECTION 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform
Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law
to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the
Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guarantor under its
Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect
to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor that are
relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee to not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

     SECTION 10.03 Execution And Delivery Of The Guarantee. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section
10.01, the Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the form
included in the Note annexed hereto as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2, shall be endorsed by an Officer
of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture
shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, any Vice President, Secretary or
Treasurer.

     The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

     If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the
Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

     In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date
of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.07, the Company shall cause

85

 

such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Guarantees in
accordance with Section 4.07 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS

     SECTION 11.01 Collateral and Security Documents. (a) In order to secure the due and punctual payment of
the Notes, the Company and Holdings have entered into the Security Agreement and the other Security
Documents to create the Junior Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the terms thereof.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Security Agreement, the other Security Documents and this
Indenture, the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral
shall be subordinate and subject to the rights and remedies of the holders of the Senior Liens in
accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Security Documents. The
terms “Senior Lender Claims” and “Noteholder Claims” as used in this Indenture shall have the
meanings given to them in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     (b) Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, agrees to all of the terms and provisions
of the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents.

     (c) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Guarantor to, intentionally grant
a Lien on any of its Collateral to the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement for the benefit
of the lenders under the Credit Agreement unless a Junior Lien is created contemporaneously in
favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee (on behalf of the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes) with respect to such property or assets.

     (d) The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and directed to enter into the Intercreditor
Agreement and the Security Agreement, and to execute such agreements as attorney-in-fact on behalf
of the Holders, and take any and all actions required or permitted by the terms hereof and thereof.

     SECTION 11.02 Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Upon any realization upon the Collateral by the
Collateral Agent, the proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement and the terms hereof.

     SECTION 11.03 Possession, Use and Release of Collateral. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the Company and the
Guarantor will have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the
Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantee (other than any cash, securities, obligations and
cash equivalents constituting part of the Collateral and under the control of the Collateral Agent
in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and other than as set forth in the
Security Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any
income thereon.

     (b) Each Holder, by accepting such Note, acknowledges that (i) the Security Documents shall
provide that so long as any Senior Lender Claims (or any commitments or letters of credit in
respect thereof) are outstanding, the holders of Senior Lender Claims shall have the exclusive
right and authority to determine the release, sale, or other disposition with

86

 

respect to the Collateral and to change, waive or vary the Security Documents, and (ii) the
Trustee or Holders will not be entitled to take any action whatsoever with respect to the
Collateral and the holders of the Senior Lender Claims may (x) direct the Collateral Agent to take,
or may take on behalf of the Collateral Agent, actions with respect to the Collateral (including
the release of the Collateral and the manner of realization) without the consent of the Holders or
the Trustee and (y) agree to modify the Security Documents, without the consent of the Holders or
the Trustee, to secure additional Indebtedness and additional secured creditors in accordance with
the terms hereof and thereof. Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, if at any time or
from time to time Collateral that also secures the Senior Lender Claims is released or otherwise
disposed of pursuant to the terms of the relevant governing documents, as applicable, such
Collateral securing the Notes and any Guarantee shall be automatically released or disposed of;
provided, however, that if an Event of Default under this Indenture exists as of the date on which
the Senior Lender Claims are repaid in full, the Collateral securing the Notes and the Guarantee
shall not be released until such Event of Default and all other Events of Default shall have been
cured or otherwise waived except to the extent such Collateral was disposed of in order to repay
the Senior Lender Claims. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting such Note, directs the Collateral
Agent to take such actions as directed by the holders of the Senior Lender Claims in accordance
with this Section 11.03(b).

     (c) At such time as (i) the Senior Lender Claims have been paid in full in cash in accordance
with the terms thereof, and all commitments and letters of credit thereunder have been terminated,
or (ii) the holders of Senior Lender Claims have released their Senior Liens on all or any portion
of the Collateral, the Junior Liens on the Collateral shall also be automatically released to the
same extent; provided, however, that (x) in the case of clause (i) of this sentence, if an Event of
Default under this Indenture exists as of the date on which the Senior Lender Claims are repaid in
full or terminated as described in clause (i), the Junior Liens on the Collateral shall not be
released except to the extent the Collateral or any portion thereof was disposed of in order to
repay the Senior Lender Claims secured by the Collateral, and thereafter, the Trustee (acting at
the direction of the Holders of a majority of outstanding principal amount of Notes) shall have the
right to direct the Collateral Agent to foreclose upon the Collateral (but in such event, the
Junior Liens shall be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under
this Indenture cease to exist), or (y) in the case of clause (ii) of this sentence, if the Senior
Lender Claims (or any portion thereof) are thereafter secured by assets that would constitute
Collateral, the Notes and the Guarantee shall then be secured by a Junior Lien on such Collateral,
to the same extent provided pursuant to the Security Documents as then in effect immediately prior
to the release of the Liens on the Collateral. If the Company subsequently enters into a new
Credit Agreement or other Senior Lender Claims that are secured by assets of the Company and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries of the type constituting Collateral, then the Notes shall be secured at
such time by a Junior Lien on the collateral securing such Senior Lender Claims (to the extent such
assets are of the type that constitute Collateral) to the same extent (in all material respects)
and with the same (in all material respects) priorities, consent rights and provisions regarding
release of Collateral and other provisions set forth in the Security Documents as then in effect
immediately prior to the release of the Liens on the Collateral.

     (d) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in this Section 11.03, the Company and its
Subsidiaries may, without any release or consent by the Collateral Agent or the

87

 

Trustee, perform a number of activities in the ordinary course in respect of the Collateral to
the extent permitted pursuant to the Security Documents and this Indenture.

     SECTION 11.04 Opinion of Counsel. So long as the Security Documents have not been terminated in accordance
with the terms thereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, so long as such delivery is
required by Section 314(b) of the TIA, on the Closing Date and thereafter, at least annually,
within 30 days of June 1 of each year (commencing with June 1, 2004), an Opinion of Counsel either
stating that in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
recording, filing, rerecording and refiling of this Indenture or any Security Document as is
necessary to maintain the Security Interests, and reciting the details of such action, or stating
that in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Security
Interests.

     SECTION 11.05 Further Assurances. The Company and the Guarantor shall, at its own expense, make, execute,
endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such lists,
descriptions and designations of its Collateral, warehouse receipts, receipts in the nature of
warehouse receipts, bills of lading, documents of title, vouchers, invoices, schedules,
confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of
attorney, certificates, reports and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps
relating to the Collateral and other property or rights covered by the Security Interests, which
are appropriate or advisable or which the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents may deem
reasonably appropriate or advisable to perfect, preserve or protect its Security Interest in the
Collateral.

     The Company and Guarantor shall, at their own expense, with respect to Collateral securing
Noteholder Claims, promptly after the Closing Date take all action to ensure that the corresponding
actions (including actions with respect to the granting of security interests and liens and the
perfection thereof), execution and delivery of documents and instruments with respect to collateral
securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement are taken with respect to the Collateral,
including without limitation, (x) delivering to the Collateral Agent additional Security Documents
and other documents and (y) taking all other action, as may be required pursuant to that certain
Letter Agreement dated as the Closing Date among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (the “Post Closing Letter”), corresponding to the security documents and the
other documents required to be delivered pursuant to the Post Closing Letter, in each such case at
such times as are set forth therein.

     SECTION 11.06 Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the Junior Lien of any
of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Junior Liens created by any
of the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the Security Interests in contravention of
the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or Junior Liens are released pursuant to
the applicable Security Documents and pursuant to the terms hereof. Each Holder of the Notes
acknowledges that a release of Collateral or Liens strictly in accordance with the terms of the
Security Documents and the terms hereof will not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of
the Security Documents or otherwise contrary to the terms of this Indenture. So long as any Senior
Lender Claims are outstanding, the Company and the Guarantor shall comply with TIA Section 314(d)
relating to the release of property or securities from the Junior Lien hereof but only to the
extent required by the TIA.

88

 

     SECTION 11.07 Suits to Protect Collateral. Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents, the Trustee
shall have the authority to direct the Collateral Agent to institute and to maintain such suits and
proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any
acts that may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and
such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests
and the interests of the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including suits or proceedings to
restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment,
rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or
compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Security Interests or be
prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of the Notes).

     SECTION 11.08 Purchaser Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith or other transferee of any
property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to
direct the Collateral Agent to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any
conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the
application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any
purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted to be sold by this Article
Eleven, be under obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or any
Guarantor, as applicable, to make any such sale or other transfer.

     SECTION 11.09 Powers Exerciseable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession
of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article Eleven upon the
Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of
such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such
receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or any
Guarantor, as applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this
Article Eleven.

     SECTION 11.10 Release Upon Termination of Company’s Obligations. In the event that the Company delivers an
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that its obligations under this Indenture
have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article Eight, the Trustee
shall (i) execute, deliver and authorize such releases, termination statements and other
instruments (in recordable form, where appropriate) as the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable,
may reasonably request to evidence the termination of the Security Interests created by the
Security Documents and (ii) not be deemed to hold the Security Interests for its benefit and the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

     SECTION 11.11 Limitation On Duty Of Trustee In Respect Of Collateral

     (a) Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee shall have no
duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent
or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other
rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or
continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time
or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the
Collateral. The Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the
Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially

89

 

equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any
loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of the act or omission of any
carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.

     The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the
Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the
Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on
its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad
faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the
Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the
Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges,
assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The
Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of
the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents by the Company or the Collateral Agent.

     SECTION 11.12 Authorization of Trustee. The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into, or cause any
co-collateral agent to enter into, any Security Document or any other document necessary or
appropriate in connection with any such Security Document. The Trustee shall have no duty to act
outside of the United States in respect of any Collateral located in any jurisdiction other than
the United States (“Foreign Collateral”) but shall to the extent required to create Liens on the
Foreign Collateral, or on part thereof, for the benefit of the Holders and at the specific request
of and consultation with the Issuer and the Guarantor, appoint for and on behalf of the Holders one
of more co-collateral agents to act on behalf of the Holders with respect to such Foreign
Collateral.

ARTICLE TWELVE

MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 12.01 Trust Indenture Act of 1939. Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this
Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be
part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are
required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such
provisions. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties
imposed by the TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

     SECTION 12.02 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered
in person, mailed by first-class mail or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows:

90

 

if to the Company or the Guarantor:

American Color Graphics, Inc.

100 Winners Circle

Brentwood, Tennessee 37027

Attention: Secretary

Fax: 615-377-0331

if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

100 Ashford Center North

Suite 520

Atlanta, Georgia

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Fax: 770-698-5195

     The Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or
different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

     Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to it at its address as it
appears on the Security Register by first-class mail and shall be sufficiently given to him if so
mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Copies of any such
communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same
time.

     Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder as provided herein or any defect in any
such notice or communication shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as
otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
in this Section 12.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing
by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver
shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the
Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

     In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it
shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with
the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

     Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to
their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone
else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

91

 

     SECTION 12.03 Certificate And Opinion As To Conditions Precedent.

     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action
have been complied with; and

     (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, all such conditions precedent have been
complied with, provided that no such opinion shall be required in connection with any
initial issuance of the Notes.

     SECTION 12.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to
Section 4.19) shall include:

     (i) a statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

     (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based;

     (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such
condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that, with respect to
matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates
of public officials.

     SECTION 12.05 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar. The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make
reasonable rules for its functions.

     SECTION 12.06 Payment Date Other Than a Business Day. If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Payment
Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on
such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if
made on the Interest Payment Date, Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or
date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

     SECTION 12.07 Governing Law. This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantee shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The Trustee, the Company, the Guarantor and the
Holders agree to submit to the

92

 

jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of
or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee.

     SECTION 12.08 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret
another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the
Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

     SECTION 12.09 No Recourse Against Others. No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof,
and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Guarantor
contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness
represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator or against any past, present or future
partner, stockholder, other equityholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person, as
such, of the Company, the Guarantor or any successor Person, either directly or through the
Company, the Guarantor or any successor Person, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or
rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly
understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and
as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

     SECTION 12.10 Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
its successors.

     SECTION 12.11 Duplicate Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One
signed copy is sufficient to prove this Indenture.

     SECTION 12.12 Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

     SECTION 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings
of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms and provisions hereof.

     SECTION 12.14 No Liability for Clean-Up of Hazardous Materials. In the event that the Trustee is required
to acquire title to an asset for any reason, or take any managerial action of any kind with regard
thereto, in order to carry out any fiduciary or trust obligation for the benefit of another, which
in the Trustee’s sole discretion may cause the Trustee to be considered an “owner or operator”
under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
(CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq., or otherwise cause the Trustee to incur liability under
CERCLA or any other federal, state or local law, the Trustee reserves the right to, instead of
taking such action, either resign as Trustee or arrange for the transfer of the title or control of
the asset to a court appointed receiver.

93

 

     The Trustee shall not be liable to any person and shall be indemnified jointly and severally
by the Company and Guarantor for any environmental claims or contribution actions under any
federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by reason of the Trustee’s actions and conduct as
authorized, empowered and directed hereunder or relating to the discharge, release or threatened
release of hazardous materials into the environment.

     Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY.

     SECTION 12.16 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in the performance of it’s obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or
indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages,
accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications
or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use
reasonable efforts which are consistent with the accepted practices in the banking industry to
resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

[signature page follows]

94

 

SIGNATURES

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as
of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Stephen M. Dyott 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Executive Officer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ACG HOLDINGS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Stephen M. Dyott 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chief Executive Officer 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

95

 

EXHIBIT A-1

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (C) IT IS
NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
REGULATIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED
TO IN RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE,
RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO
A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE
THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES
TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE),
AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER
OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE
ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE
PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH
TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES”, AND “U.S.
PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE
CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE

A-1

 

 

TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS
OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN Section 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.

A-2

 

 

AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

10% Senior Second Secured Note Due 2010

CUSIP Number:______

ISIN Number:________

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	No. ______

	 	 	 	 	 	$______________

     AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC., a New York corporation (the “Company”), which term includes any
successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), FOR VALUE RECEIVED, promises to pay to
___, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [AMOUNT OF NOTE] (   ) on June 15,
2010. The Notes will be guaranteed by ACG HOLDINGS, INC. (“Holdings”, or the “Guarantor”).

     Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2003.

     Regular Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place.

GUARANTEE

     For value received, ACG Holdings, Inc. hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees, as
principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United
States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note in the amounts and at
the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of
this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other obligations of the Company under
the Indenture or the Notes, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and
subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article Ten of the Indenture and this Guarantee.
This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms
shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of the Guarantee shall not be affected
by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. This Guarantee will not become
effective until the Trustee duly executes the certificate of authentication of this Note.

A-3

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Note to be signed by their duly
authorized officers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ACG HOLDINGS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

A-4 

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: _____________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

A-5 

 

AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

10% Senior Second Secured Note Due 2010

1. Principal and Interest.

     The Company will pay the principal of this Note on June 15, 2010.

     The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest
Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate per annum shown above.

     Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of
business on the June 1 or December 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each
Interest Payment Date, commencing December 15, 2003.

     If an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) registered under the Securities Act is not
consummated or a shelf registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) under the
Securities Act with respect to resales of the Notes is not declared effective by the Commission, on
or before January 3, 2004, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated
July 3, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantor and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Banc of
America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, the annual interest rate borne by the
Notes shall be increased by 0.5% from the rate shown above, accruing from January 3, 2004, payable
in cash semiannually, in arrears, on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 15, 2004, until
the Exchange Offer is consummated or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective. The
Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

     Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid
or, if no interest has been paid, from July 3, 2003; provided that, if there is no existing default
in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to
on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such
Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.

     The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on
overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the interest rate borne by the Notes.

2. Method of Payment.

     The Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes
as provided above on each June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2003, to the persons who
are Holders (as reflected in the Security Register at the close of business on the June 1 or
December 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is
cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such record date; provided
that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that
surrenders this Note to a Paying Agent on or after June 15, 2010.

A-6 

 

     The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and as provided above, interest in money of
the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts. If a Holder give the Company wire transfer instructions, the Company will pay all
principal, premium and interest on such Holder’s Notes in accordance with such Holder’s
instructions. If the Company is not given wire transfer instructions, payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent, unless the
Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders. It may mail an interest
check to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Security Register). If a payment date
is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the
next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar.

     Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The
Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-Registrar.

4. Guarantee.

     The payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes is guaranteed on a senior
basis by the Guarantor pursuant to Article Ten of the Indenture.

5. Indenture; Limitations.

     The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 3, 2003 (the “Indenture”),
among the Company, the Guarantor and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”).
Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The
terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are
referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the
extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this
Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

     The Notes are senior second secured obligations of the Company.

     The Company may, subject to Article Four of the Indenture and applicable law, issue additional
Notes under the Indenture.

6. Optional Redemption.

     The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from
time to time, on or after June 15, 2007, and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s last address, as it appears in
the Security Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal
amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the

A-7

 

 

Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing June 15, of the years set forth below:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Redemption Price	 
	2007
	 	 	105.0	%
	2008
	 	 	102.5	%
	2009
	 	 	100.0	%

     In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2006, the Company may redeem, on one or more
occasions, up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more
sales of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) at a Redemption Price (expressed as a
percentage of principal amount) of 110%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date
(subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is prior to
the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date) provided that at least
$150 million aggregate principal amount of Notes remains outstanding after each such redemption and
notice of any such redemption is mailed within 60 days of each such sale of Capital Stock.

     Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part.

7. Repurchase upon Change of Control.

     Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the
repurchase of its Notes by the Company in cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at
a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase (the “Payment Date”).

     A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after any Change of Control
occurs to each Holder at its last address as it appears in the Security Register. Notes in
original denominations larger than $1,000 may be sold to the Company in part. On and after the
Payment Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by
the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 of principal
amount and multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange
of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things,
to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of
any Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any
Notes for a period of 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected
for redemption.

9. Collateral.

     The Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture are secured by Second Priority
Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and

A-8

 

 

Article Eleven of the Indenture. The rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of
the Notes secured by the Second Priority Liens are limited by and subject to the terms of the
Security Documents.

10. Persons Deemed Owners.

     A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money.

     If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two
years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request.
After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned
property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with
respect to such money shall cease.

12. Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

     If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to
pay the then outstanding principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to
redemption or maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes, except, in
certain circumstances, for certain provisions thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Company
will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

13. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding, and any existing default or in compliance with any provision may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make
any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

14. Restrictive Covenants.

     The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, among other things, to Incur additional Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments,
suffer to exist restrictions on the ability of Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain payments to
the Company, issue Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, engage in transactions with
Affiliates, suffer to exist or incur Liens, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, use the
proceeds from Asset Sales, consolidate or transfer substantially all of its assets. Within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating whether or not the signers thereof know of any Default or Event of Default
under such restrictive covenants.

A-9

 

 

15. Successor Persons.

     When a successor person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under
the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor person will be released from those obligations.

16. Defaults and Remedies.

     Any of the following events constitutes an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

     (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the
same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

     (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and
payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

     (c) default in the performance or breach of Article Five of the Indenture or the
failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture;

     (d) the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other
covenant or agreement in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in
clause (a), (b) or (c) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60
consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

     (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company,
any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $10
million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such
Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default that has
caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its
Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration
has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and
such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such
payment default;

     (f) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in
excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all
such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall
be rendered against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not
be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry
of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments
or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10
million, during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

A-10

 

 

     (g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief
in respect of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
or for all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company,
any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall
remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

     (h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any
such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, any Guarantor
or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all the property and assets of the
Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment
for the benefit of creditors;

     (i) any Guarantor repudiates its obligations under its Note Guarantee or, except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is determined to be unenforceable or invalid
or shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect; or

     (j) unless all the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in
accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by Holdings, the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents, or the
occurrence of any event, which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or
priority of the Second Priority Lien on a material portion of the Collateral granted to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, the repudiation or
disaffirmation by Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of its material
obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that
the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against Holdings, the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of
the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not
rescinded, stayed or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security
Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives notice thereof
specifying such occurrence from the Trustee of the holders of at least 25% of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

     If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding shall, declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency
default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due
and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture
or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in

A-11

 

 

principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power.

17. Trustee Dealings with the Company.

     The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to,
accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

18. Authentication.

     This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate
of authentication on the other side of this Note.

19. CUSIP Numbers.

     Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

20. Governing Law.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.

21. Abbreviations.

     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act).

22. No Recourse Against Others.

     No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the
Notes or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon
any obligation, covenant or agreement of Holdings or the Company in this Indenture, or in any of
the Notes or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against
any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of Holdings or the
Company or of any successor Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws.

A-12

 

 

     The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and
without charge. Requests may be made to AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC., 100 Winners Circle,
Brentwood, Tennessee 37027; Attention: Secretary.

A-13

 

 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), ssign(s) and transfer(s)
unto

INSERT TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.

 

Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
______________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power
of substitution in the premises.

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED

ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES,

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES]

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date that is the earlier
of (i) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the
period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without
utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising:

[CHECK ONE]

	o(a)	 	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933 provided by Rule 144A thereunder

OR

	o(b)	 	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are
being furnished that comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the
Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the
conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied.

	 	 	 
	Date: ______
	 	________________________________________________________________________

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the
name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in
every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

A-14

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933 and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 
	Date: _________

	 	____________________________________

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-15

 

 

OPTION OF THE HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

     If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.12 of the
Indenture, check the Box: o

     If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11
or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount: $______.

Date:

Your Signature: _____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee: _____________________________

A-16 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (C) IT IS
NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
REGULATIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED
TO IN RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE,
RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO
A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE
THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES
TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE),
AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000, AN
OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER
OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE
ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE
PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH
TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES”, AND “U.S.
PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE
CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE

A-1

 

 

TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS
OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.

A-2 

 

AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

Senior Second Secured Note Due 2008

CUSIP Number:______

ISIN Number:________

	 	 	 	 	 
	No. ______

	 	 	 	$_________

     AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC., a New York corporation (the “Company”), which term includes any
successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), FOR VALUE RECEIVED, promises to pay to
___, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [AMOUNT OF NOTE] (   ) on March 15,
2008. The Notes will be guaranteed by ACG HOLDINGS, INC. (“Holdings”, or the “Guarantor”).

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse
hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place.

GUARANTEE

     For value received, ACG Holdings, Inc. hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees, as
principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United
States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, on this Note in the amounts and at the times when
due and the payment or performance of all other obligations of the Company under the Indenture or
the Notes, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the
terms and limitations of this Note, Article Ten of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This
Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article Ten of the Indenture and its terms shall
be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of the Guarantee shall not be affected by
the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. This Guarantee will not become effective
until the Trustee duly executes the certificate of authentication of this Note.

A-3 

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Note to be signed by their duly
authorized officers.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	ACG HOLDINGS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

A-4 

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated: _____________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST
COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

A-5

 

 

AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC.

Senior Second Secured Note Due 2008

1. Principal.

     The Company will pay the principal of this Note on March 15, 2008.

2. Method of Payment.

     The Company will not pay interest on the principal amount of the Notes.

     The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, in money of the United States that at the
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a Holder gives the
Company wire transfer instructions, the Company will pay all principal and premium, if any, on such
Holder’s Notes in accordance with such Holder’s instructions. If the Company is not given wire
transfer instructions, payment of principal and premium, if any, will be made at the office or
agency of the Paying Agent, unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to
the Holders. It may mail a check to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Security
Register). If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment
may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall
accrue for the intervening period.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar.

     Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The
Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-Registrar.

4. Guarantee.

     The payment of principal and premium (if any) on the Notes is guaranteed on a senior basis by
the Guarantor pursuant to Article Ten of the Indenture.

5. Indenture; Limitations.

     The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, as amended and restated, dated as of November
___, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantor and The Bank of New York Trust
Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless
otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all
such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between
the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

     The Notes are senior second secured obligations of the Company.

A-6

 

 

     The Company may, subject to Article Four of the Indenture and applicable law, issue additional
Notes under the Indenture.

6. Optional Redemption.

     The Notes are redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time or from
time to time, on or prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice
mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s last address, as it appears in the Security Register,
at the Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 100% to the Redemption
Date

     Notes in original denominations larger than $1.00 may be redeemed in part.

7. Repurchase upon Change of Control.

     Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the
repurchase of its Notes by the Company in cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at
a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of purchase (the “Payment Date”).

     A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after any Change of Control
occurs to each Holder at its last address as it appears in the Security Register. Notes in
original denominations larger than $1.00 may be sold to the Company in part.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1.00 of principal amount
and multiples of $1.00 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes
in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by
law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any
Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes
for a period of 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for
redemption.

9. Collateral.

     The Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture are secured by Second Priority
Liens on the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and Article Eleven
of the Indenture. The rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes secured by
the Second Priority Liens are limited by and subject to the terms of the Security Documents.

10. Persons Deemed Owners.

     A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

A-7

 

 

11. Unclaimed Money.

     If money for the payment of principal and premium, if any, remains unclaimed for two years,
the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After
that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned
property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with
respect to such money shall cease.

12. Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

     If the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to
pay the then outstanding principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes (a) to redemption or
maturity, the Company will be discharged from the Indenture and the Notes, except, in certain
circumstances, for certain provisions thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Company will be
discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

13. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding, and any existing default or in compliance with any provision may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the
Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make
any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

14.
Restrictive Covenants.

     The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, among other things, to Incur additional Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments,
suffer to exist restrictions on the ability of Restricted Subsidiaries to make certain payments to
the Company, issue Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, engage in transactions with
Affiliates, suffer to exist or incur Liens, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, use the
proceeds from Asset Sales, consolidate or transfer substantially all of its assets. Within 120
days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating whether or not the signers thereof know of any Default or Event of Default
under such restrictive covenants.

15. Successor Persons.

     When a successor person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under
the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor person will be released from those obligations.

16. Defaults and Remedies.

     Any of the following events constitutes an “Event of Default” under the Indenture:

A-8 

 

     (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the
same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

     (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and
payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

     (c) default in the performance or breach of Article Five of the Indenture or the
failure to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or
Section 4.12 of the Indenture;

     (d) the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other
covenant or agreement in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in
clause (a), (b) or (c) above) and such default or breach continues for a period of 60
consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25% or more in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

     (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company,
any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $10
million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such
Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default that has
caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its
Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration
has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the
failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and
such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such
payment default;

     (f) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in
excess of $10 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all
such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall
be rendered against the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not
be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 60 consecutive days following entry
of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments
or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed $10
million, during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a
pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

     (g) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief
in respect of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator or similar official of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary
or for all or substantially all the property and assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs

A-9

 

 

of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such
decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

     (h) the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any
such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company, any Guarantor
or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all the property and assets of the
Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment
for the benefit of creditors;

     (i) any Guarantor repudiates its obligations under its Note Guarantee or, except as
permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is determined to be unenforceable or invalid
or shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect; or

     (j) unless all the Collateral has been released from the Second Priority Liens in
accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, default by Holdings, the Company
or any Significant Subsidiary in the performance of the Security Documents, or the
occurrence of any event, which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or
priority of the Second Priority Lien on a material portion of the Collateral granted to the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, the repudiation or
disaffirmation by Holdings, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of its material
obligations under the Security Documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that
the Security Documents are unenforceable or invalid against Holdings, the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of
the Collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not
rescinded, stayed or waived by the Persons having such authority pursuant to the Security
Documents or otherwise cured within 60 days after the Company receives notice thereof
specifying such occurrence from the Trustee of the holders of at least 25% of the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes and demanding that such default be remedied).

     If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding shall, declare all the Notes to be due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency
default with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due
and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture
or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.

A-10

 

 

17. Trustee Dealings with the Company.

     The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to,
accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

18. Authentication.

     This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate
of authentication on the other side of this Note.

19. CUSIP Numbers.

     Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification
Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

20. Governing Law.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.

21. Abbreviations.

     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM
(= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act).

22. No Recourse Against Others.

     No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Notes or for
any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any
obligation, covenant or agreement of Holdings or the Company in this Indenture, or in any of the
Notes or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any
incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of Holdings or the
Company or of any successor Person thereof. Each Holder, by accepting the Notes, waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws.

     The Company will furnish a copy of the Indenture to any Holder upon written request and
without charge. Requests may be made to AMERICAN COLOR GRAPHICS, INC., 100 Winners Circle,
Brentwood, Tennessee 37027; Attention: Secretary.

A-11 

 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), ssign(s) and transfer(s)
unto

INSERT TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.

 

Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
______________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power
of substitution in the premises.

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED

ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES,

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES]

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date that is the earlier
of (i) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the
period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without
utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising:

[CHECK ONE]

	o(a)	 	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933 provided by Rule 144A thereunder

OR

	o(b)	 	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are
being furnished that comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the
Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the
conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied.

	 	 	 
	Date: ______
	 	_________________________________________________________

	 	 	NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the
name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in
every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

A-12

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933 and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 
	Date: ______
	 	___________________________

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-13

 

 

OPTION OF THE HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

     If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.12 of the
Indenture, check the Box: o

     If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11
or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount: $_________.

Date:

Your Signature: _____________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee: _____________________________

A-14

 

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE

_______,_____

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street

Floor 8 West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

	 	 	 
	Re:
	 	American Color Graphics, Inc. (the “Company”)

	 	 	10% Senior Second Secured Notes Due 2010 (the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

     This
letter relates to U.S. $___ principal amount of Notes represented by a Note (the
“Legended Note”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Note.
Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture dated as of July 3, 2003 (the “Indenture”) relating to
the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we will hold such securities on behalf of) a person
outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of
Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, you are hereby
requested to exchange the legended certificate for an unlegended certificate representing an
identical principal amount of Notes, all in the manner provided for in the Indenture.

     You, the Company and the Guarantor are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or
legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in
this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[Name of Holder]

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signature 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

B-1

 

 

Exhibit C

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s)
unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

 

Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing
__________________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full
power of substitution in the premises.

[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED

ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES,

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND

UNLEGENDED OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES]

     In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier
of (i) the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (ii) the end of the
period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without
utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising that:

[Check One]

	o(a)	 	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the
Securities Act of 1933 provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

OR

	o(b)	 	his Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above            and documents are
being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the
Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to
register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the
conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied.

C-1

 

 

	 	 	 
	Date: ______
	 	_____________________________________________

NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
correspond with the name as written upon the face of
the within-mentioned instrument in every particular,
without alteration or any change whatsoever.

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act of 1933 and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has
requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 
	Date: _________
	 	_______________________________________

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

C-2 

 

Exhibit D

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in

Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

____,___

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street

Floor 8 West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

	 	 	 
	Re:
	 	American Color Graphics, Inc. (the “Company”)

	 	 	10% Senior Second Secured Notes Due 2010 (the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

     In
connection with our proposed sale of U.S.$___ aggregate principal amount of the
Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S
under the Securities Act of 1933 and, accordingly, we represent that:

     (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

     (2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or
we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the
United States;

     (3) no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the United States in contravention of
the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

     (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of
the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

     You, the Company and the Guarantor are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or
legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in
this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signature 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

D-1

 

Exhibit E

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in

Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors

_______,_____

The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.

101 Barclay Street

Floor 8 West

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

	 	 	 
	Re:
	 	American Color Graphics, Inc. (the “Company”)

	 	 	10% Senior Second Secured Notes Due 2010 (the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

     In
connection with our proposed purchase of $___ aggregate principal
amount of the Notes, we confirm that:

     1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions
and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of July 3, 2003 (the “Indenture”) relating to
the Notes and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise
transfer the Notes except in compliance with such restrictions and conditions and the Securities
Act of 1933, amended (the “Securities Act”).

     2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following
sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes within the time period referred to in Rule
144(k) of the Securities Act, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B)
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as
defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to
such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in
respect of an aggregate principal amount of less than $100,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to
the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United
States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available) or (F)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to
provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that
resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

     3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to
you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale

E-1

 

complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by
us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

     4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the
Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of
our or its investment.

     5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts
(each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole
investment discretion.

     You, the Company and the Guarantor are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or
legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferee]

 	 
	 	By:  	
 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signature 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

E-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00132-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00132-of-00352.parquet"}]]